Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

TW201014571A - Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system - Google Patents

Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201014571A
TW201014571A TW98124218A TW98124218A TW201014571A TW 201014571 A TW201014571 A TW 201014571A TW 98124218 A TW98124218 A TW 98124218A TW 98124218 A TW98124218 A TW 98124218A TW 201014571 A TW201014571 A TW 201014571A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
ophthalmic
user
optical
eye
coherence tomography
Prior art date
Application number
TW98124218A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Alexander C Walsh
Paul G Updike
Srinivas R Sadda
Original Assignee
Doheny Eye Inst
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Doheny Eye Inst filed Critical Doheny Eye Inst
Publication of TW201014571A publication Critical patent/TW201014571A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Eye Examination Apparatus (AREA)

Abstract

Optical coherence tomography (OCT) devices, methods, and systems are disclosed for detecting, monitoring, and/or measuring ophthalmic conditions and/or characteristics. In accordance with one aspect of the present invention, an OCT system can be configured to perform self-administered tests to monitor and/or detect at least one ophthalmic condition of the user. In one example, the OCT system can be configured to perform periodic self-administered tests to monitor a chronic eye disease or ophthalmic condition of the user over a period of time. In another example, the OCT system performs self-administered tests to screen for glaucoma, such as narrow angle glaucoma and open angle glaucoma.

Description

201014571 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001] 本發明的實施例是有關於光學同調斷層掃描(〇pticai coherence tomography,OCT )領域’且特別是有關於利用光學同調斷層 掃描資料來執行眼睛組織(eye tissue)的精確測量(predsi〇n measurements)以偵測眼疾的裝置、系統、方法。 【先前技術】 [0002] 光學同調斷層掃描目前已應用在工業、醫學或其他方面,其 通常指的是干涉測量(interferometric)、非侵入性光學斷層掃插成像技 術(non-invasive optical tomographic imaging technique)以提供具有微 米級軸向及側向解析度的毫米級透視力(大約是組織中2_3 '舉例 而言,在醫學應用之中,通常醫生希望擁有非侵入性、體内成像技術 (in vivo imaging technique) ’ 以在解析度(resoluti〇n)相當於低功率 顯微鏡的條件下得到半透明及/或不透明物質的次表面、橫截面及/或三 雉影像。因此,在未來幾年内,每年將會為病患施行兩千萬次光學同 調斷層掃描。其中的大部分次數可能會發生在眼科學(〇phthalm〇1〇gy) 這領域。以目前的光學同調斷層掃描系統而言,醫生或其他醫療專業 人員(medical professional)是在醫生的診所(medical 〇ffice)或醫療 設施(medicalfacilities)中進行光學同調斷層掃描。 【發明内容】 [00〇3]本發明的各實施例是有關於光學同調斷層掃描的應用,其通 常指的是-種干涉測量、非侵入性光學斷層掃描成像技術,其可以被 用來制、測量、、及/或分析眼科雖或症狀。根據本發明的一 觀點來看,一光學同調層攝影掃描系統可用以執行週期性自我管理 (self-administered)測試行為,以監控一慢性眼疾(chr〇nic哪此㈣) 201014571 • 或眼科症狀(ophthalmic condition)。在另一實施例中,光學同調斷層 掃描系統執行自我管理測试行為,以薛選出(screen)青光眼(glauc〇ma) V 的類型,例如狹角型青光眼(narrow angle glaucoma)或廣角型青光眼 (open angle glaucoma) ° [0004] 在一實施例中,一慢性眼疾光學同調斷層掃描測量與監控系 統包含一光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置,用以測量一使用者至少一隻眼 睛的至少一種眼科特性。光學同調斷層掃描測量可用以使使用者使用 光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置自我管理測量行為。光學同調斷層掃描與 監控系統還包括一處理器(pr〇cessor),用以比較所測量到的眼科特性 ❹ 與儲存於一儲存媒介(storagemedium)中的至少一筆使用者於先前所 測量到的眼科特性。處理器可進一步用以決定所測量到的眼科特性與 先前所測量到的眼科特性之間的差異。當差異滿足至少一標準 (criterion)時,處理器也可用以決定對需要治療的一增加機率 (increased probability)。此外,光學同調斷層掃描與監測系統更包括 一輸出裝置(output device) ’用以產生一輸出給使用者,且處理器進 一步用以根據上述差異在輸出裝置上產生上述輸出。 [0005] 在一實施例中,用於自我管理一光學同調斷層掃描測試行為 以監控一眼科症狀的一種方法,包括接受眼科症狀的相關資訊、使用 Q 一光學同調斷層掃描儀器以得到至少一使用者眼睛的光學同調斷層掃 描測量、根據光學同調斷層掃描的掃描結果決定和眼科症狀的—狀態 相關的一眼科輸出(ophthalmic output),並輸出眼科症狀給使用者、一 健康照顧提供者(healthcare provider )、和一健康照顧提供者的代理機 構(agent of the healthcare provider ) 〇 [0006] 在一實施例中’一種光學同調斷層掃描系統,包括一用以接 收·一眼科症狀相關資訊的輸入裝置(input device ),一用以承接 &quot; (receiiving) 一使用者的至少一隻眼睛的接目鏡(eyepiece),一輸出經 • 由接目鏡傳遞至使用者眼睛的光線的光源,一用以藉由自使用者眼睛 所反射的光線來引發光學干涉(optical interference )的干涉儀 201014571 (interferometer),一設置以偵測前述光學干涉的光學偵測器(optical detector ),連接至(coupled to )光學貞測器的電子裝置(electronics ) 用以分析藉由干涉儀所得到的複數個光學同調斷層掃描測量(0CT measurement),並決定和眼科症狀的一狀態相關的一眼科輪出,以及一 電性連接至電子裝置的輸出裝置,此輸出裝置用以輸出眼科輸出。 [0007]在一實施例中,用以偵測青光眼的一種自我管理光學同調斷 層掃描系統’包括一光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置(OCT measurement device),用以得到一使用者的一眼睛的一第一區域(regi〇n)的一第一 組光學同調斷層掃描資料(OCT data)以及眼睛的一第二區域的一第 二組光學同調斷層掃描資料。眼睛的第一及第二區域可以位於不同的 前後側深度(anterior-posterior depths )。光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置也 可用以使使用者使用此裝置自我管理掃描行為。用以偵測青光眼的自 我管理光學同調斷層掃描系統亦包括一處理器,用以使用第一組光學 同調斷層掃描資料以決定一第一邊界位置(bountiajyposition),並使用 第二組光學同調斷層掃描資料以決定一第二邊界位置。處理器可以進 一步用以根據第一邊界位置與第二邊界位置決定一眼部距離 (ophthalmic distance),並比較此眼部距離與一門檻值(thfesh〇id value),以篩選出眼睛中的青光眼。用則貞測青光眼的自我管理光學同 調斷層掃描系統還包括-輸出裝置,用以根據前述比較結果 (comparison)在輸出裝置上產生一輸出。 [0008]在-實施例中,-種用以對一使用者的眼睛提供自我管理光 學同調斷麟㈣m行細侧㈣眼的枝,包括烟—光學同調 斷層掃描儀If (OCT instrument) ’以顧至少—使用者眼睛前側段 (anterior segment)的光學同調斷層掃描測量,根據光學同調斷層掃描 Z插結果蚊和-青練的狀態相關的—眼科輪出,以及輸出眼科 2給使用者、-健康贿提供者和—健麵顧提供者献理機 少其中之一。 ’以下特舉數個本發 [0009]為達成上述發明内容所揭露的技術特徵 201014571 明的觀點、優勢以及新穎特徵以作說明。可以理解的是,上述的所有 觀點、優勢及特徵並不需要與本發明的特定實施例對應即可據以實施 及/或達成。因此,舉例而言,熟悉本項技藝者發現,本發明可以一種 方式據以實施,以達成一項或多項此處所教示的優勢,但並不一定會 達成此處所教示或建議的其他優勢。 【實施方式】 [0034] 本發明的實施例將配合所附圖式,作詳細說明如下,其中相 同的標號自始至終對應於相同或相似的元件。實施方式中的用語僅用 © 以詳細說明本發明的某些特定實施例,並非用以限定本發明。此外, 本發明的實施例可包含數個新穎特徵,唯並非單一特徵即可達成預期 功效,或者滿足讓本發明據以實施的必要條件。於此所述的實施例使 得使用者更易接受到光學同調斷層掃描篩選,藉以早期偵測及/或治療 各種疾病(disease)、病症(ailment)或症狀(con(jiti〇n),如黃斑部病 變(maculopathy)或青光眼等。 [0035] 「光學同調斷層掃描」一詞通常指的是一種用以使樣本成像 的干涉測量技術,在部分情況中,影像可具有微米級側向解析度。這 種非侵入性光學斷層掃描成像技術運用於眼科學以提供眼睛的橫截面 ® 影像,尤其疋眼睛的後侧,雖然上述技術也可用於使使用者身體其他 區域的樣本或組織成像》 [0036] —般而言’光學同調斷層掃描運用一干涉儀。來自於光源(例 如寬波段光源(broadband light source))的光線被分光(例如利用一分 光鏡(beamsplitter)進行分光)’並且沿著取樣臂(samplearm)(通常 包含樣本)以及一參考臂(reference arm)(通常包含鏡子)行進。一 „ 部分來自取樣臂的光線被樣本反射。光線也被參考臂中的鏡子反射。 (來自取樣臂及參考臂的光線再重新結合,例如利用分光鏡。)當先 • 線在取樣臂之情進的距離為光線在參考臂之中行進的距離的同;長 201014571 度(coherencelength)之内時會發生光學干涉(〇pticalinterference)而 影響重新結合的光線強度。結合的反射光線的強度變化取決於樣本特 性。因此,所測量到的反射率(reflectance)強度變化即為被測試樣本 的物理特性(physical feature )的指標。 [0037] 舉例而言,在時域光學同調斷層掃描(time_d〇main 〇CT) 之申,可以改變參考臂的長度(例如藉由移動一或多個參考鏡)。在參 考臂距離改變時所觀察到的反射率代表在樣本在不同深度處的樣本特 性。(在部分實施例中是以改變取樣臂的長度來取代或是再加上改變參 考’的長度。)在頻域光學同調斷層掃描〇ct)之 中,參考臂的距離可為固定的,因而可以在不同的頻率之中測量反射 率。舉例而言,自一光源所發射出的光線的頻率可以以橫跨一頻率範 圍或是通過一光柵(grating)等一頻散元件(dispersiveelement)進行 掃描,而一偵測器陣列(detector array )可用以區分及偵測不同的波長。 傅立葉分析(Fourieranalysis)可以將與頻率相關的反射率特性轉換為 與距離相關的反射轉性’藉以顯示出在不同樣本深度的樣本特性。 在某些實施例巾’光學同調斷層掃描可以顯示出非散瞳彩色眼底成像 (nonmydnatic color fUndus imaging)之外的其他資訊或資料。 [0038] 「A掃描(A_scan)J 一詞敘述的是光線反射力(li咖 reflectivity)與不同樣本深度之間的相對關係。此處所使用的「B掃描 (B-scan)」一詞指的是藉由組合多個a掃描所形成的組織橫截面圖的 ,用、。在眼科學的案例之中’由眼睛組織所反射的光線被轉換為電訊 號’並可用以提供關於畴巾組織構造的資料,並顯示眼睛的一橫截 面圖。舉例而言,在眼科學的案例之中,A掃描及3掃描可用以區分 出(differentiating)正常或異常(abn〇rmal)眼睛組織,或者用以測量 眼睛1K組織層的厚度。 [0039] 在眼科的例子之$,—A掃描通常可包括由細(娜⑷ 到視網媒(retina)之間的資料。在某些雜τ,_轉描可包括由眼 睛的-中間邊緣到-側面邊緣以及由角膜到視網膜的橫截面資料。在 201014571 某些情況下…B掃描可包括由眼晴的—上側邊緣到— 料以及由角膜到視網膜的橫截面資料。立體 (3D-OCT)可由結合多個B掃描所形成。 啊層掃描 [0040]此處所制的「制者」或「病患」或「對象」 交替額,而前述賴秘於人類,碎是否在醫師的 = 及於其他哺乳類動物。 亦201014571 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] [0001] Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of optical coherence tomography (OCT), and in particular to the use of optical coherence tomography data. A device, system, and method for performing accurate measurement of eye tissue to detect eye diseases. [Prior Art] [0002] Optical coherence tomography has been applied in industrial, medical or other fields, and is generally referred to as interferometric, non-invasive optical tomographic imaging technique. To provide millimeter-level perspective force with micron-scale axial and lateral resolution (approximately 2_3 in tissue). For example, in medical applications, doctors usually want to have non-invasive, in vivo imaging technology (in vivo) Imaging technique) ' to obtain subsurface, cross-section and/or three-dimensional images of translucent and/or opaque substances under conditions equivalent to low power microscopes. Therefore, in the next few years, every year Twenty million optical tonal tomography scans will be performed on patients, most of which may occur in the field of ophthalmology (〇phthalm〇1〇gy). For current optical coherence tomography systems, doctors or Other medical professional is at the doctor's clinic (medical 〇ffice) or medical facility (medicalfaciliti) Optical coherence tomography is performed in es) [Invention] [003] Embodiments of the present invention are related to optical coherence tomography, which generally refers to interferometric, non-invasive optical tomography. Imaging techniques that can be used to make, measure, and/or analyze ophthalmology or symptoms. According to one aspect of the present invention, an optical coherence layer photographic scanning system can be used to perform self-administered Test behavior to monitor a chronic eye disease (chr〇nic (4)) 201014571 • or ophthalmic condition. In another embodiment, the optical coherence tomography system performs self-administration test behavior, selected by Xue (screen a type of glaucoma (V), such as a narrow angle glaucoma or an open angle glaucoma [0004] In one embodiment, a chronic ophthalmologic optical tonal tomography measurement and monitoring The system includes an optical coherence tomography measuring device for measuring at least one ophthalmic characteristic of at least one eye of a user. Coherent tomography measurements can be used to allow the user to self-manage measurement behavior using an optical coherence tomography measurement device. The optical coherence tomography and monitoring system also includes a processor to compare the measured ophthalmic characteristics. At least one user who has been previously stored in a storage medium has previously measured ophthalmic characteristics. The processor can be further configured to determine the difference between the measured ophthalmic characteristics and the previously measured ophthalmic characteristics. When the difference satisfies at least one criterion, the processor can also be used to determine an increased probability of needing treatment. In addition, the optical coherence tomography and monitoring system further includes an output device </ RTI> for generating an output to the user, and the processor is further operative to generate the output on the output device based on the difference. [0005] In one embodiment, a method for self-administering an optical coherence tomography test behavior to monitor an ophthalmic condition, including receiving information about an ophthalmic condition, using a Q-optical coherence tomography instrument to obtain at least one use The optical coherence tomography measurement of the eye, the ophthalmic output related to the state of the ophthalmic symptom according to the scanning result of the optical coherence tomography, and the output of the ophthalmic symptom to the user, a health care provider (healthcare provider) And an agent of the healthcare provider. [0006] In an embodiment, an optical coherence tomography system includes an input device for receiving information related to an ophthalmologic symptom ( Input device ), an eyepiece for receiving at least one eye of a user, a light source for outputting light from the eyepiece to the eye of the user, Optical interference from the light reflected by the user's eyes (optical interferenc An interferometer 201014571 (interferometer), an optical detector arranged to detect the aforementioned optical interference, and an electronic device coupled to the optical detector for analysis by interference a plurality of optical tomographic tomography measurements (0CT measurements) obtained by the instrument, and an ophthalmic rotation associated with a state of ophthalmic symptoms, and an output device electrically connected to the electronic device, the output device for outputting an ophthalmology Output. In one embodiment, a self-administered optical coherence tomography system for detecting glaucoma includes an optical coherence tomography (OCT measurement device) for obtaining a user's eye. A first set of optical coherence tomography data (OCT data) of a region (regi〇n) and a second set of optical coherence tomography data of a second region of the eye. The first and second regions of the eye can be located at different anterior-posterior depths. An optical coherence tomography measurement device can also be used to allow the user to self-manage the scanning behavior using the device. A self-administered optical coherence tomography system for detecting glaucoma also includes a processor for using a first set of optical coherence tomography data to determine a first boundary position (bountiajyposition) and a second set of optical coherence tomography Information to determine a second boundary location. The processor may be further configured to determine an ophthalmic distance according to the first boundary position and the second boundary position, and compare the eye distance with a threshold value (thfesh〇id value) to select glaucoma in the eye . The self-administered optical coherence tomography system for glaucoma also includes an output device for generating an output on the output device based on the aforementioned comparison. [0008] In an embodiment, a species for providing self-management optical coherence (4) m rows of fine side (four) eyes to a user's eyes, including a smoke-optical tomography scanner If (OCT instrument) At least - the optical coherence tomography measurement of the anterior segment of the user's eye, according to the optical coherence tomography Z-inserted mosquito-and-green-related state-related ophthalmic rotation, and the output ophthalmology 2 to the user, One of the lesser providers of health bribes and health care providers. The following is a summary of the features, advantages and novel features of the technical features disclosed in the above description of the invention. It is to be understood that all of the above-mentioned aspects, advantages and features may be implemented and/or achieved without corresponding to the specific embodiments of the invention. Thus, the skilled in the art, for example, may find that the invention may be implemented in a manner that achieves one or more of the advantages disclosed herein, but does not necessarily achieve other advantages as taught or suggested herein. [Embodiment] [0034] The embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, wherein the same reference numerals refer to the same or similar elements throughout. The words in the embodiments are merely used to describe certain specific embodiments of the invention and are not intended to limit the invention. In addition, embodiments of the invention may include several novel features, which are not a single feature, and may be used to achieve the desired. The embodiments described herein make it easier for the user to receive optical coherence tomography screening for early detection and/or treatment of various diseases, ailments or symptoms (con (jiti〇n), such as the macula Pathology (maculopathy) or glaucoma, etc. [0035] The term "optical tonal tomography" generally refers to an interferometric technique used to image a sample, and in some cases, the image may have a micron-scale lateral resolution. Non-invasive optical tomography imaging techniques are used in ophthalmology to provide cross-sectional images of the eye, especially the posterior side of the eye, although the above techniques can also be used to image samples or tissues in other areas of the user's body. [0036] In general, 'optical coherence tomography uses an interferometer. Light from a source (such as a broadband light source) is split (for example, split using a beamsplitter)' and along the sampling arm (samplearm) (usually containing samples) and a reference arm (usually containing a mirror) to travel. The light from the sample arm is reflected by the sample. The light is also reflected by the mirror in the reference arm. (The light from the sampling arm and the reference arm is recombined, for example using a beam splitter.) The current line is at the distance of the sample arm. The distance traveled within the reference arm is the same; the optical interference (〇pticalinterference) occurs during the length of 201014571 degrees (coherencelength) and affects the intensity of the recombined light. The intensity of the combined reflected light varies depending on the sample characteristics. The measured reflectance intensity change is an indicator of the physical feature of the sample being tested. [0037] For example, in the application of time domain optical coherence tomography (time_d〇main 〇CT), The length of the reference arm can be varied (e.g., by moving one or more reference mirrors). The reflectance observed when the reference arm distance changes represents the sample characteristics at different depths of the sample. (In some embodiments, Change the length of the sampling arm to replace or add the length of the reference '.) in the frequency domain optical coherence tomography 〇ct) The distance of the reference arm can be fixed so that the reflectivity can be measured at different frequencies. For example, the frequency of the light emitted from a light source can span a range of frequencies or pass a grating. A dispersive element is scanned, and a detector array can be used to distinguish and detect different wavelengths. Fourier analysis can convert frequency-dependent reflectivity characteristics into distance-dependent The reflectivity of the 'reflects' shows the sample characteristics at different sample depths. In some embodiments, the optical coherence tomography scan may reveal other information or materials other than nonmydnatic color fUndus imaging. [0038] The term "A-scan" refers to the relative relationship between light reflectivity and different sample depths. The term "B-scan" as used herein refers to It is a cross-sectional view of a tissue formed by combining a plurality of a-scans. In the case of ophthalmology, the light reflected by the eye tissue is converted into an electrical signal and can be used to provide information about the tissue structure of the tissue and to show a cross-sectional view of the eye. For example, in the case of ophthalmology, A-scan and 3-scan can be used to differentiate normal or abnormal eye tissue, or to measure the thickness of the 1K tissue layer of the eye. [0039] In the ophthalmology example of $, the -A scan can generally include data from fine (na (4) to retina). In some miscellaneous tau, _transfusion can be included by the middle of the eye - the middle edge To the side edge and the cross-sectional data from the cornea to the retina. In some cases in 201014571...B-scan can include cross-sectional data from the top-edge of the eye to the material and from the cornea to the retina. Stereo (3D-OCT ) can be formed by combining multiple B-scans. ah layer scanning [0040] The "manufacturer" or "patient" or "object" made here is alternated, and the above is based on humans, whether it is in the doctor's = and For other mammals.

[0041] 在此處所使用的「眼睛掃描」、「對眼睛進行掃描」或 眼睛」為廣泛可彼此交f使㈣_,魏常代練_任何部分或 疋實質上全部的測量’包括但不限於肖膜、視網膜、眼睛水晶體(—)、 虹膜(iris)、視神經(optic nerve)或是任何與眼睛相關的其他組 是神經。 [0042] 「風險評估(riSkasSessment)」及「診斷(diagQ〇sis)」可以 在說明書中彼此交替使用,雖然這些用詞具有不同的意義。「風險評估」 -詞通常指的是存在-或多種*適(mness)、疾病、病症等等可能性 的一機率、數字(mimbei·)、分數(score )、等級(抑如)與估計(estimate ) 等。「診斷」一詞通常指的是藉由審視及/或測試一不適、病症、疾病症 狀(diseasedcondition)等等的特性(nature)或情形(circumstances) 所做成的決定。 [0043] 許多種方法、系統及裝置可用以產生及應用光學同調斷層掃 描影像資料以執行視網膜組織(retinal tissue)的精確測量以偵測病徵 (disease feature),並基於光學同調斷層掃描成像技術所得到的資料產 生一風險評估及/或診斷(risk assessment and/or diagnosis)。在部分實施 例之中’這些方法、系統及裝置可以運用由光學同調斷層掃描成像技 術所得到的已偵測到的病徵的一統計分析》這些方法、系統及裝置可 用以進行疾病篩選。 [0044] 請參照圖1,其繪示出一描述光學同調斷層掃描系統的一實 施例的方塊圖。在一實施例中,電腦系統(computersystem) 104電性 201014571 連接至一輪出裝置(0uiput device) 1〇2、一通訊媒介(c〇mmunicati〇n medium)108 以及一使用者卡片讀取系統(user cardreacjer SyStem)u2。 通媒介108可以使電取系統i〇4與其他遠端系統(rem〇teSyStem)ii〇 進行通訊。電腦系統104可電性連接至主體(mainb〇dy) 1〇6,其靠近 使用者114或是承靠於使用者眼睛上。在此圖式所示的例子之中,主 體106為一雙目系統(binocular system)(例如具有分別對兩個眼睛提 供兩種不同視野的兩個目鏡(ocu⑻或是兩個光學路徑(〇pticalpath) 等等)’用以掃描雙眼而無需重新定位目鏡相對於病患頭部的位置,以 藉此減少掃描一名病患的時間。在部分實施例之中,使用一部掃描器 (例如一檢流計(galvanometer))對雙眼提供交錯測量(interlace 〇f measurement) ’以同時掃描雙眼。其他實施例亦為可行舉例而言具 有分別對應雙眼的兩條光學路徑的雙目系統或是雙目鏡系統可用以^ 續掃描眼睛,也就是先掃描一隻眼睛,接著再掃描第二隻眼晴。在部 分實施例之中,對雙眼的連續掃描包含掃描第一隻眼睛的一第一部 分、第二隻眼睛的一第一部分、第一隻眼睛的一第二部分等等。或者, 主體106可包含具有對應一隻眼睛的單一光學路徑的一單眼系統 (monocularsystem)或是一單目鏡系統,用以執行眼睛掃描。’ [〇〇45]請參照圖1,使用者114可扣住把手118並定位(例如向上' 向下或是側向)主體106,主體1〇6至少部分支撐於並且連接於一零重 力臂( gravity arm) 116,系統100藉此不具有聪技(chin加)。 在部分實關巾,這樣聽置會因為下顎(職移_導致定位 錯誤(positioning error)。當主體106在此位置時,最外側的鏡頭(最 靠近使用者的鏡頭)與使用者眼睛之間的距離可介於1〇 _至 咖、或者5臟至25 mm、或者5匪至1()刪之間。鏡__使 用者眼睛緊密的接近會增加系統緊密度、減少病患將其眼晴(例^眼 眶邊緣(orbital rim))承靠於主體106時的位置變異性⑻郝^ variability),並增加光學同調斷層掃描裝置在經由一未擴 (undilatedpupil)成像時的視角。 201014571 • [0046]因此,主體106也可包含目鏡杯(eyecup) 120 (例如拋棄 式目鏡杯(disposable eyecups )),其用以接觸使用者的眼窩(eye • socket),以實質上阻隔周圍光線及/或至少部分地將主體1〇6支撐於使 用者114的眼窩上。目鏡杯120具有中央開孔(opening)(例如孔洞 (aperture ))以使來自儀器中的光源的光線可通過而到達眼睛。目鏡杯 120可由紙、紙板(cardboard)、塑膝、矽、金屬、乳膠(latex)或其 組合所製成。目鏡杯120可為在兩側具有開孔的管狀、圓錐狀或杯狀 (cup-shaped)的彈性或半剛性結構。其他的材質、形狀及設計亦為可 行。在部分實施例中,目鏡杯120可由乳膠所製成,其符合於主體ι〇6 _ 的接目鏡(eyepiece)部分的周圍。在眼睛掃描完成之後,目鏡杯12〇 可自主體106分離’再為一新的使用者接合上新的目鏡杯120,以確保 衛生(hygiene)及/或避免疾病傳染。目鏡杯i2〇可為透明、半透明或 是不透明,即便不透明的目鏡杯在明亮的環境之中為測量提供了阻隔 周圍光線的優點。 [0047]主體106可包含一或多個接目鏡、—干涉儀、一或多個標的 顯示器(target display )、一偵測器及/ 或一對位系統(alignment system )。 光學同調斷層掃描系統可包含一時域光學同調斷層掃描系統及/或一譜 域(spectral domain)或一頻域光學同調斷層掃描系統。因此,在部分 Q 實施例之中,主體1〇6包含一光譜儀(spectrometer)(例如一光柵)以 及一偵測器陣列。在部分實施例之中,主體1〇6可包含一用以執行例 (Fourier transform) (signal processing component)(例如電子裝置(electr〇nics))。亦可使用其他類型的光學 同調斷層掃描系統。 β [_8]圖2顯示出-例示光學同調斷層掃描系統的圖式。光線15〇 疋由一光源155所輸出。光源155可包含-寬波段光源,例如一超高 亮度二極體(superiumineseent此屯sld)献—白絲^由光源 • 155所發出的光線可隨著時間的函數改變頻率。絲15〇可包含準直光 線(collimatedlight)。在一實施例中,來自光源155的光線15〇由一準 11 201014571 直透鏡(coUimatinglens)進行準直化。在另一實施例中,光線在分光 . 鏡160處進行分光。在此所敘述的分光鏡可包含但不限於一以偏振為 主(polarization-based)的分光鏡、一以時間為主(temporally-based) 的分光鏡、一 50/50分光鏡及/或其他裝置及配置。一部分光線沿著一 取樣臂朝向一例如是使用者114眼睛165的樣本行進。另一部分光線 沿著參考臂朝向一參考鏡(reference mirror) 170行進。由樣本及 參考鏡170所反射的光線在分光鏡160處結合,並由一一維光偵測器 (photodetector)或一二維偵測器陣列,例如一電荷耦合元件 (charge-coupled device,CCD)或是一互補式金半導體(complementaiy metal_oxide_semiconductor,CMOS) ’所感測。一二維谓測陣列可包括於 一全%光學同調斷層掃描儀器之中,其可較一使用--維光偵測器的 ® 形式更快收集資訊。在時域光學同調斷層掃描之中,參考臂的長度(在 某種程度上可由參考鏡170的位置來決定)可隨著時間改變。 [0049] 由樣本所反射的光線及由一個/複數個參考鏡所反射的光線 之間是否產生干涉是取決於參考臂的長度(相較於取樣臂的長度)以 及光源所發射的光線的鮮。高對比光線干涉發生於光線行進相近的 光學距離之間(例如差距小於-同調長度)。_長度是由光源的頻寬 所決定。寬波段光源對應至較小的同調長度。 [0050] 在時域光學同調斷層掃描之中’當參考臂及取樣臂的相對長 度隨著時間變化時,輸出光線的強度可以被當成時間函數來分析。所 ^ 侧到的光訊號是由自樣本散射的光射線(lightray)與自一個/多個參 考鏡反射的光線產生干涉所造成的。然*,當取樣臂與參考臂的長^ 大致上相等時(例如在部分情況令小於一個同調長度左右),會辦加干 涉的產生。因此’來自參考臂的光線會與—反射自樣本峨深^範圍 (nanwrangeofdepths)的光線產生干涉。當參考臂(或是取樣臂) 有變動(translated)時,錢深度_可錄本厚賴各處軸,啊 、 監控反射光線的紐轉得相於樣本_訊。散射光線的樣本將盘 參考臂發生干涉的光線散射回去,以藉此產生一干涉訊號㈤时紙咖 * 12 201014571 signal)。採用一具有一短同調長度的光源可以提高解析度(例如〇. 1-10 微米)’因為較短的同調長度產生一較淺深度範圍,其會在時間中的一 單一瞬間測得。 [0051]在許多頻域光學同調斷層掃描的實施例之中,參考臂及取樣 臂為固定。來自一寬波段光源且包含多種波長(wavelength)的光線自 樣本反射,並與由一個/多個參考鏡反射的光線發生干涉。反射訊號的 光譜(opticalspectrum)即可得到。舉例而言,可以將光線輸入到一光 譜儀或一攝譜儀(spectrograph),其包含例如一光柵以及一偵測器陣 列,以在不同的頻率偵測光線的強度。 ❹[0041] As used herein, "eye scan", "scanning of the eye" or the eye" are widely used to make each other f (4) _, Wei Changdai _ any part or 疋 substantially all measurements 'including but not limited to The retina, the eye lens (-), the iris, the optic nerve, or any other group associated with the eye are nerves. [0042] "RiskasSessment" and "diagQ〇sis" can be used interchangeably in the specification, although these terms have different meanings. "Risk Assessment" - The term usually refers to the probability, the number (mimbei·), the score (score), the grade (if any) and the estimate of the existence - or multiple *mness, disease, illness, etc. Estimate ) and so on. The term "diagnosis" generally refers to decisions made by examining and/or testing the characteristics or circumstances of a discomfort, condition, diseased condition, and the like. [0043] A variety of methods, systems, and devices are available for generating and applying optical coherence tomography image data to perform accurate measurement of retinal tissue to detect a disease feature, and based on optical coherence tomography imaging techniques The resulting data yields a risk assessment and/or diagnosis. In some embodiments, the methods, systems, and devices can utilize a statistical analysis of the detected symptoms obtained by optical coherence tomography imaging techniques. These methods, systems, and devices can be used for disease screening. Referring to FIG. 1, a block diagram depicting an embodiment of an optical coherence tomography system is illustrated. In one embodiment, the computer system 104 is connected to a round device (2), a communication medium (c〇mmunicati〇n medium) 108, and a user card reading system (user). Cardreacjer SyStem) u2. The media 108 can cause the electrical system i〇4 to communicate with other remote systems (rem〇teSyStem). The computer system 104 can be electrically connected to the main body (mainb〇dy) 1〇6, which is adjacent to the user 114 or bears against the eyes of the user. In the example shown in this figure, the body 106 is a binocular system (eg, two eyepieces (ocu(8) or two optical paths (〇pticalpath) that provide two different fields of view for the two eyes, respectively. ), etc. 'to scan both eyes without repositioning the position of the eyepiece relative to the patient's head, thereby reducing the time to scan a patient. In some embodiments, a scanner is used (eg A galvanometer provides an interlace 〇f measurement for both eyes to simultaneously scan both eyes. Other embodiments are also possible, for example, a binocular system with two optical paths respectively corresponding to both eyes. Or a binocular system can be used to continuously scan the eye, that is, scan one eye first, and then scan the second eye. In some embodiments, continuous scanning of both eyes includes scanning a first eye. a portion, a first portion of the second eye, a second portion of the first eye, etc. Alternatively, the body 106 can comprise a single eye system having a single optical path corresponding to one eye (monocularsystem) or a monocular system for performing an eye scan. ' [45] Referring to Figure 1, the user 114 can hold the handle 118 and position (e.g., up or down) the subject 106. The body 1〇6 is at least partially supported and connected to a gravity arm 116, and the system 100 does not have a smart device. In some parts, the earpiece is squatted. _ causes a positioning error. When the main body 106 is in this position, the distance between the outermost lens (the lens closest to the user) and the user's eyes can be between 1 〇 to coffee or 5 dirty to 25 mm, or between 5 匪 and 1 (). Mirror __ close contact of the user's eyes will increase the tightness of the system and reduce the patient's eye (eg, orbital rim) to the subject Positional variability at 106 o'clock (8) variability, and increases the angle of view of the optical coherence tomography device when imaged via an unilated pupil. 201014571 • [0046] Thus, the body 106 may also include an eyecup 120 (such as a disposable eyepiece cup (dis A posable eyecups)) for contacting a user's eye socket to substantially block ambient light and/or at least partially support the body 1〇6 on the eye socket of the user 114. The eyepiece cup 120 has a center Opening (such as an aperture) to allow light from a source in the instrument to pass through to the eye. The eyepiece cup 120 can be made of paper, cardboard, knee, enamel, metal, latex or Made by a combination of them. The eyepiece cup 120 can be a tubular, conical or cup-shaped elastic or semi-rigid structure having openings on both sides. Other materials, shapes and designs are also available. In some embodiments, the eyepiece cup 120 can be made of latex that conforms to the periphery of the eyepiece portion of the body ι6 _. After the eye scan is complete, the eyepiece cup 12 can be detached from the body 106 and a new eyepiece cup 120 can be engaged for a new user to ensure hygiene and/or to avoid disease transmission. The eyepiece cup i2〇 can be transparent, translucent or opaque, even if the opaque eyepiece cup provides the advantage of blocking ambient light in a bright environment. The body 106 can include one or more eyepieces, an interferometer, one or more target displays, a detector, and/or a pair of alignment systems. The optical coherence tomography system can include a time domain optical coherence tomography system and/or a spectral domain or a frequency domain optical coherence tomography system. Thus, in a portion of the Q embodiment, body 1 〇 6 includes a spectrometer (e.g., a grating) and a detector array. In some embodiments, the body 1-6 may include a signal processing component (eg, electronic device (electr〇nics)). Other types of optical coherence tomography systems can also be used. β [_8] Figure 2 shows a diagram illustrating an optical coherence tomography system. The light 15 〇 is output by a light source 155. Light source 155 can include a wide band light source, such as a super high brightness diode (superimeter), which can change frequency over time as a function of time. The wire 15 can contain collimated light. In one embodiment, the light 15 from the source 155 is collimated by a collimating lens. In another embodiment, the light is split at the split mirror 160. The spectroscopes described herein may include, but are not limited to, a polarization-based spectroscope, a temporally-based spectroscope, a 50/50 spectroscope, and/or the like. Device and configuration. A portion of the light travels along a sampling arm toward a sample, such as user 114's eye 165. Another portion of the light travels along the reference arm toward a reference mirror 170. The light reflected by the sample and the reference mirror 170 is combined at the beam splitter 160 and is composed of a one-dimensional photodetector or a two-dimensional detector array, such as a charge-coupled device (CCD). ) or a complementary gold semiconductor (complementaiy metal_oxide_semiconductor, CMOS) 'sensing. A two-dimensional predictive array can be included in an all-% optical coherence tomography instrument that collects information faster than the ® form of a photodetector. In time domain optical coherence tomography, the length of the reference arm (which may be determined to some extent by the position of the reference mirror 170) may change over time. [0049] Whether interference between the light reflected by the sample and the light reflected by the one or more reference mirrors depends on the length of the reference arm (compared to the length of the sampling arm) and the fresh light emitted by the light source . High contrast light interference occurs between optical distances where the light travels close (e.g., the gap is less than - coherence length). The length of _ is determined by the bandwidth of the light source. Broadband sources correspond to smaller coherence lengths. [0050] In Time Domain Optical Coherence Tomography - When the relative lengths of the reference arm and the sampling arm change over time, the intensity of the output ray can be analyzed as a function of time. The light signal from the side is caused by the interference of lightray scattered from the sample with light reflected from one or more reference mirrors. However, when the sampling arm is substantially equal to the length of the reference arm (for example, in some cases, it is less than a coherence length), the interference is generated. Thus the light from the reference arm will interfere with the light reflected from the sample nanwrange of depths. When the reference arm (or the sampling arm) is changed, the depth of the money can be recorded on the axis, ah, and the reflected light is reflected in the sample. The sample of scattered light scatters the light that interferes with the disc reference arm to thereby generate an interfering signal (five). Using a source with a short coherence length can increase the resolution (e.g., 1-10 microns) because a shorter coherence length produces a shallower depth range that is measured at a single instant in time. [0051] In many embodiments of frequency domain optical coherence tomography, the reference arm and the sampling arm are fixed. Light from a wide band source and containing a plurality of wavelengths is reflected from the sample and interferes with light reflected by one or more reference mirrors. The optical spectrum of the reflected signal is available. For example, light can be input to a spectrograph or a spectrograph comprising, for example, a grating and a detector array to detect the intensity of light at different frequencies. ❹

[0052] 例如由一處理器執行傅立葉分析可將對應多個頻率的資料 轉換為樣本内對應多個位置的資料。因此,可同時收集來自多個樣本 冰度的資料,而無需掃描參考臂(或取樣臂)。其他關於頻域光學同調 斷層掃描的細節敘述於Vakhtin等人的著作(2003年Applied Optics第 42 冊第 34 版第 6953·6958 頁,由 Vakhtin AB, Kane DJ,Wood WR,[0052] For example, performing Fourier analysis by a processor may convert data corresponding to a plurality of frequencies into data corresponding to a plurality of locations within the sample. As a result, data from multiple sample ice levels can be collected simultaneously without the need to scan the reference arm (or sampling arm). Further details on frequency-domain optical coherence tomography are described in Vakhtin et al. (Applied Optics, Vol. 42, No. 34, pp. 6953.6958, by Vakhtin AB, Kane DJ, Wood WR,

Peterson KA 等人所合著的 “c〇mm〇n_path interfen)metCT 骱 frequency_domain optical coherence tomography,’’一文)之中。 [0053] 其他執行光學同調斷層掃描的方法亦為可行。舉例而言,在 頻域光學關斷層掃描的部分實施财,自—光賴發㈣的光線的 頻率隨著時間而改變。因此,呈一時間函數的光線強度〇i細加卿) 的差異會與不闕光線辭相關。當制—光譜時變光源(啊祕y tune-varying light眶ce)時’一姻器可以该測呈一時間函數的光線 =’ 干涉訊賴光譜。如之前所述,可以運用光譜的傅立葉 轉換。其他技術的一廣泛變化亦為可能。 紛種主體1G6的配置,其包含-光學同調斷層 Γ 祕。亦可包括其他光學_斷層掃錄统及/或對 位系統’以取代或附加至圖3Α所示的系統。如圖所示,主體 含=個接目鏡203,每-接目鏡用以承接一使用者114的一目在 他實施例中,主體1()6僅包括一個接目鏡2〇3。 ' 13 201014571 [0055] 圖3A顯示出一光學同調斷層掃描系統的代表實施例。來自 一光源240的光線可沿著例如由一或多個光束偏轉器(beam deflector) 280所垂直及/或水平調變的一路徑傳遞。可以使用一檢流計以達到上 述目的。檢流計可以控制來自光源240的一光束(light beam)的水平 及/或垂直位置’以藉此形成多個A掃描(及從而形成的一或多個B掃 描及/或一立體光學同調斷層掃描)。 [0056] 來自光源240的光線在分光鏡245處進行分光。在部分實施 例中,分光鏡245可以使用例如是一檢流計的一高頻切換器(high frequency switch)來取代,檢流計於大約一 1/2個週期的時間内將大約 100%的光線導引至鏡子250a,接著再於剩餘週期的時間内將大約ι〇〇〇/〇 的光線導引至鏡手250b。光源240可包括一寬波段光源,例如超高亮 度發光二極體(superluminescent light-emitting diode)。在分光鏡 245 處 進行分光的光線接著在分光鏡285a或285b處再度進行分光以形成一 參考臂及一取樣臂。在分光鏡285a或285b處進行分光的一第一部分 的光線由參考鏡273a或273b '參考鏡270a或270b及參考鏡265a或 265b反射。在分光鏡285a及285b處進行分光的一第二部分的光線由 鏡子250a或250b、鏡子255a或255b及鏡子260a或260b反射。鏡子 255a或255b、及鏡子250a及250b連接至一 Z轴偏移量調整平台 (Z-offset adjustment stage) 290b。藉由移動調整平台 290a 或 290b 的 位置可以使眼睛的不同部分成像。因此,調整平台290a或290b可調 整自光源240到樣本的一部分之間的光學長度以及自光源24〇到參考 鏡27〇a或270b及/或參考鏡273a或273b之間的光學長度之間的差異。 此差異可變小,例如小於一同調長度,以藉此促進光學干涉發生。在 部分實施例中,一或多個參考鏡(例如參考鏡270a或270b以及參考 鏡273a或273b)的位置為可移動的,可加上/或取代可移動的調整平 台。因此,參考臂及/或取樣臂的長度為可調整的。如同以下更詳細地 描述’調整平台290a及/或290b的位置可基於來自裝置的訊號來決定。 [0057] 由鏡子260a或260b反射的光線與來自顯示器2i5a或215b 201014571 的光線在分光鏡230a或230b處結合。顯示器215a及215b可包含一或 多個光源,例如在一發射型顯示器(emissivedisplay)之中,如一矩陣 發光二極體(light emitting diode,LED)陣列。也可使用其他種類的顯 示器。顯示器可以顯示各種形狀及外形的標的,包括一帶狀物及/或一 或多個點狀物。從光源240到眼睛的一部分光學路徑可以與從顯示器 215a及215b到眼睛的一部分路徑同軸。這些部分可延伸通過接目鏡。 因此,來自光源240的光束會與來自顯示器215a及215b的光束同軸, 以使眼睛可以相對於接目鏡使用顯示器來進行定位及對位。 [0058]以下更加詳述,舉例而言,使用者114可使用來自顯示器的 影像以調整瞳孔距離Xinterpupillary distance, IP distance)。在各種實施 例中’舉例而言,由顯示器所呈現的兩個影像的適當的對位可代表瞳 孔距離已適當地調整。因此,可以使用一或多個調整控制器(adjustment control) 235以調整顯示器215a及215b之間的距離及/或接目鏡203 之間的距離。可將調整控制器235設置於主體106之側邊或其他地方。 在某些實施例中,調整控制器235可包含主體106上的一把手,如圖 3B所示。在此實施例中,旋轉調整控制器235可以增加或減少瞳孔距 離。 [0059]已結合的光線(其由鏡子260a或260b反射,並且來自顯示 Q 器215a或215b)是由可能帶有(in⑺旬皿出⑽with)光學元件2〇5的 可調整的電動光學器材(adjustable powered optics)(例如鏡頭)21 〇進 行聚焦。可調整的光學器材(adjustableoptics) 210可包含一變焦鏡頭 (zoom lens)或透鏡系統(iens system),其可具有例如可調整的一焦 距(focal length)及/或放大率(power)。可調整的光學器材21〇可包 含一自動對焦系統(auto-focus system)或為其一部分,或者可為手動 對焦(manually adjusted)。可調整的光學器材210可為了需要進行校正 的情形提供光學校正(例如使用者在測試時移除眼鏡)。電動光學器材 ' 210的位置可基於由以下更詳細地敘述的裝置所得到的訊號來決定。已 聚焦的光線接著通過位於接目鏡2〇3的近端(pr〇ximalend)的接目鏡 15 201014571 視窗(eyepieceWind0ws)或鏡頭(光學元件2〇5)而朝向一使用者 的眼睛行進。在包括一鏡頭(光學元件2〇5)的情形之中,此鏡頭(光 - 學元件205)可造成光線在眼睛内聚焦。 · [0060] 這道導人眼睛㈣光線可被其巾的_或特徵所散射。此散 射光線的一部分可能會被導引回接目鏡中。鏡頭(光學元件2〇5)可因 此接收由使用者眼睛所反射的光線207,光線2〇7行進通過電動光學器 材210 ’自分光鏡230a或230b朝向分光鏡22〇a或220b反射,分光鏡 220a或220b將光線朝向分光鏡(或鏡子)295a或29北反射在29兄 或295b處,由樣本所反射的光線與參考臂(在分光鏡”化或烈北及 分光鏡295a或295b之間的路徑,其包含參考鏡273a或27孙及27加 或270b)中的光線產生干涉。(因此,取樣臂包括在分光鏡2故或28% © 及分光鏡295a或295b之間的光學路徑,其包含鏡子25〇a或25〇b及 255a或255b及樣本或眼睛^ )接著光線由鏡子225a或225b朝向切換 器275反射。在部分實施例,切換器275包含一可切換的偏轉器 (switchable deflector ),其可將光學路徑切換到第一或第二眼睛以收集 來自個別眼睛的待發送到資料取得裝置(如也aCqUis出〇n device) 202 的資料。切換器可包含一低頻切換器(l〇w_丘eqUenCy sw^ch ),如此使 得在另一隻眼睛收集到資料之前,先得到來自一隻眼睛的全部待收集 資料。或者,交換器可包含一高頻切換器,其可交錯收集來自每隻眼 睛的資料。 © [0061] 此種儀器可以不同方式配置。舉例而言,每隻眼睛可使用一 共同的參考路徑(common reference path)。在部分實施例中,參考臂 包括一或多個可移動的鏡子以調整參考臂及取樣臂之間的光學路徑長 度差。在其他實施例中,可以增加、移除或是重新定位元件。也可使 用其他技術。 [0062] 舉例而言,雖然未顯示,可以使用偏光鏡及偏極化分光鏡以 控制光線通過光學系統中的光學路控的傳播(pr〇pagati〇n)。其他變化 · 亦為可行。也可使用其他設計。 16 201014571 • [⑻63]在部分實施例中’可於時域之中形成一 A掃描。在這些情況 下’Z軸偏移量調整平台及對應的鏡子250a或250b及鏡子255a或255b • 可隨著時間改變位置。或者,可變動參考臂或取樣臂中的參考鏡270a 及270b及參考鏡273a及273b或其他鏡子。可對與各個鏡子的位置相 關的組合光線進行分析以決定一隻眼睛的特性,其為深度的一函數。 在其他實施例中,可形成一 A掃描於頻域之中。在這些情況下,可對 組合光線的頻率進行分析以決定一隻眼睛的特性,其為深度的函數。 此外,一或多個檢流計可控制A掃描的水平及/或鉛直位置。因此,可 得到多個A掃描以形成一 B掃描及/或一立體光學同調斷層掃描。 φ [0064]自結構(切換器275)所輸出的光線可被輸入至一資料取得 裝置202,其可包含例如一光譜儀或一光度計(lightmeter)。一光栅可 在主體106之中。資料取得裝置2〇2連接至一電腦系統1〇4,其可對使 用者114展示基於掃描結果的輸出。輸出裝置可包括一監控螢幕,以 於其中顯示輸出結果。輸出裝置可包括可包含一印表機,以列印輸出 結果。輪出裝置可用以將資料儲存於一可攜式媒介(p〇rtable medium), 例如一光碟(compact disc)或通用序列匯流排(universal serial bus, USB)(以下簡稱USB)驅動器或是一特定的可攜式資料儲存裝置 (custom portable data storage device ) 〇 ® ’5]在部分實施例+,電腦系統104分析由資料取得裝置202所 接收的資料以決定一或多個調整平台29〇&amp;及/或29〇b,及/或一或多個 可移動元件(movable components),及/或電動光學器材21〇是否需要 調整。在一情況下,對一 A掃描進行分析以決定視網媒的位置(例如 大略位置)以使儀器可以得到視網媒上的資料。在部分實施例中,每 -A掃描包含多個光線強度值,每一光線強度值與樣本申的一不同深 - ^相關^在部分實施例中’可藉由變動Z軸調整平台290a或290b以 ㈣A掃描。相同地’ A掃描包含2糊整平自在不同位置所得到的 ' 反軌餘。錄_難眼_無部分反射更乡的紐,因此可 、藉由”平估何種深度提供一反射強度的增加來決定調整平台290a或 17 201014571 290b的一位置,以有效地使視網膜成像。在部分實施例中,可以變動 Z軸調整平台,並可監控強度值。在數個Z軸調整平台的位置的一強 度延伸峰值(extendedpeakinintensity)可對應到視網膜。可以監控許 多不同的方式及數值以決定視網膜的位置。舉例而言,可在不同深度 處得到多個A掃描’並且可得到並比較每次掃描的累積強度(integrated intensity)以決定何種深度提供一峰值累積強度(peak intensity)。在某些實施例令,可以將一 a掃描中的強度值與A掃描中 的其他值及/或一門植進行比較。對應於較佳位置的強度值可高於一預 定或相對及/或可與其他肖度值不(例如大於標準差(standard deviation)的一特定數目)。亦可運用許多不同的方式。 [0066]在決定調整平台29〇a及290b的位置之後,可執行後續的影 像分析以4算使用者的頭部、眼睛或是視網膜相對於光源24Q的振動 或移動所佔的比例。可運用-回授系統,例如—封閉迴路回授系統 (dosed loop —k system) ’以在上述動作存在時盡力提供一較穩 定的訊號。可監控光學同調斷層掃描訊號並提供回授到例如一或多個 活動平台(translation stages)以補償上述振動及移動。在部分實施例 中’後續_像分析可依據初始影像及/或伽彳影像特性的變化。舉例 而言’影像分析可決定-A掃描中最亮的像素(pixd)已自一前次掃 描移動二轉素。a此,調整平纟29Ga&amp;29Gb可基於上述分析移動。 亦可使用其他方式。 。[0067]在某些情況下,使用光學同調斷層掃描訊號以調整電動光學 器材21G以提供增加或改良的對焦,例如在_病患需要屈光校正 (refractiveC0ITecti0n)時。例如許多使用者/病患可能配戴眼鏡,並且 可能在測試時沒有戴上任何眼鏡。電動光學雜21()可基於反射訊號 調整’以決定加人哪種校正以增加訊號品魏者是其财面的改良。 因此’在部分實施例中’分析多個八掃描以決定電動光學器材⑽的 位置在實施例中’這樣的決定發生在調整平台29〇a或⑽的 位置決定之後。在電動光學器材21G的多個位置之中,每一位置可得 18 201014571 到一或多個A掃描、一或多個B掃描或是一立體光學同調斷層掃描。 這些掃描可進行分析以評估例如影像品質。電動光學器材210的位置 可基於這些影像品質測量(image quality measure)進行選擇。 [0068] 影像品質測量可包括一雜訊測量(noise measure)。雜訊測量 可基於掃描之中反射光線的不同強度等級的分佈來估計。舉例來說, 較低的訊號可能與雜訊(noise)有關。相反地,最高的訊號可能與一 飽和訊號(saturated signal)有關。一雜訊測量可與一飽和測量作比較 以作為訊噪比(noise ratio)或其變化形式。亦可以考慮所測量到的最 低反射性(參照為一低測量或低訊號值)。在部分實施例中,調整平台 290a及/或290b及/或電動光學器材210的位置之決定是基於一訊號· 噪音(signal-to-noise)測量、一訊號強度(signalstrength)測量、一雜 訊測量、一飽和測量(saturation)、及一低訊號測量。亦可使用上述參 數(parameter)的不同組合。亦可使用結合一數量以上的位置或掃描 的參數所得到的數值。其他參數以及其他影像品質評估亦可使用。 [0069] 在一實施例中,將一雜訊值(noise value)估計為一反射光 線值(reflected light value),其中大約75%的測量到的反射光線低於此 雜訊值,而大約25%的測量到的反射光線高於此雜訊值。將飽和值 (saturationvalue)估計為一反射光線值,其中大約99%的測量到的反 射光線低於此飽合值,而大約1%的測量到的反射光線高於此飽合值。 將一中間值(middle value)定義為雜訊值及飽和值的平均值(mean value)。將一強度比(intensityratio)定義為飽和值與低訊號值的差值, 除以低訊號值,再乘以100。將一組織訊號比(tissue signal ratio)定義 為介於中間值及飽合值之間的反射光線值的數目,除以介於雜訊值及 飽合值之間的反射光線值的數目。將一品質值(quality value)定義為 強度比乘以組織訊號比。其他詳細資料敘述於例如Br. J· Ophthalmol期 刊 2006 年版第 90 期第 186-190 頁,由 Stein DM^ Ishikawa H,Hariprasad R, Wollstein Q Noecker RJ,Fujimoto JQ Schuman JS.等人所合著的“A new quality assessment parameter for optical coherence tomography” 一文 19 201014571 中。亦可使用許多其他不同的方法以得到品質係數(figure〇fmerit), 以用以測量成果,並據以調整儀器。 .Peterson KA et al. co-authored "c〇mm〇n_path interfen" metCT 骱frequency_domain optical coherence tomography, ''a text). [0053] Other methods of performing optical coherence tomography are also possible. For example, Part of the frequency domain optical turn-off scanning is performed, and the frequency of the light from the light-emitting (four) changes with time. Therefore, the difference between the light intensity of a time function and the light is not the same. Related. When the system-spectrum time-varying light source (a secret y tune-varying light眶ce), a weapon can measure the light of a time function = 'interference signal ray spectrum. As mentioned before, the spectrum can be used Fourier transform. A wide variety of other techniques is also possible. The configuration of the main body 1G6, which includes - optical coherence faults. It can also include other optical _ tomographic systems and / or alignment systems to replace or add To the system shown in Fig. 3, as shown, the main body includes an eyepiece 203, and each eyepiece is used to receive a user 114. In the embodiment, the main body 1 () 6 includes only one connection. Mirror 2 〇 3. ' 13 201014571 [0055] Figure 3A shows a representative embodiment of an optical coherence tomography system. Light from a source 240 can be along, for example, one or more beam deflectors 280 A path transfer of vertical and/or horizontal modulation. A galvanometer can be used to achieve the above objectives. The galvanometer can control the horizontal and/or vertical position of a light beam from source 240 to thereby form A plurality of A-scans (and thus one or more B-scans and/or a stereo-optical tomographic scan). [0056] Light from source 240 is split at beam splitter 245. In some embodiments, the beam splitter 245 can be replaced with a high frequency switch, such as a galvanometer, which directs approximately 100% of the light to mirror 250a in approximately one 1/2 cycle period, Light of approximately ι〇〇〇/〇 is then directed to the lens hand 250b over the remaining period of time. The light source 240 can include a wide band light source, such as a superluminescent light-emitting diode. The light split at the beam splitter 245 is then split again at the beam splitter 285a or 285b to form a reference arm and a sampling arm. A first portion of the light splitting at the beam splitter 285a or 285b is referenced by a reference mirror 273a or 273b. The reference mirror 270a or 270b and the reference mirror 265a or 265b reflect. A second portion of the light splitting at the beamsplitters 285a and 285b is reflected by the mirror 250a or 250b, the mirror 255a or 255b, and the mirror 260a or 260b. Mirrors 255a or 255b, and mirrors 250a and 250b are coupled to a Z-offset adjustment stage 290b. Different parts of the eye can be imaged by moving the position of the adjustment platform 290a or 290b. Thus, the adjustment platform 290a or 290b can adjust the optical length between the source 240 and a portion of the sample and between the optical length of the light source 24 to the reference mirror 27A or 270b and/or the reference mirror 273a or 273b. difference. This difference can be small, for example less than a coherent length, to thereby facilitate the occurrence of optical interference. In some embodiments, the position of one or more reference mirrors (e.g., reference mirror 270a or 270b and reference mirror 273a or 273b) is movable and may be added to or substituted for a movable adjustment platform. Therefore, the length of the reference arm and/or the sampling arm is adjustable. The position of the adjustment platform 290a and/or 290b can be determined in more detail as follows based on the signal from the device. [0057] Light reflected by the mirror 260a or 260b is combined with light from the display 2i5a or 215b 201014571 at the beam splitter 230a or 230b. Displays 215a and 215b may include one or more light sources, such as in an emissive display, such as a matrix of light emitting diodes (LEDs). Other types of displays can also be used. The display can display a variety of shapes and shapes, including a ribbon and/or one or more dots. A portion of the optical path from light source 240 to the eye can be coaxial with a portion of the path from display 215a and 215b to the eye. These parts can be extended through the eyepieces. Thus, the light beam from source 240 will be coaxial with the beams from displays 215a and 215b so that the eye can be positioned and aligned using the display relative to the eyepiece. [0058] As described in more detail below, for example, user 114 may use images from the display to adjust the pupil distance, IP distance). In various embodiments, for example, the proper alignment of the two images presented by the display may indicate that the pupil distance has been properly adjusted. Thus, one or more adjustment controls 235 can be used to adjust the distance between displays 215a and 215b and/or the distance between eyepieces 203. Adjustment controller 235 can be placed on the side of body 106 or elsewhere. In some embodiments, the adjustment controller 235 can include a handle on the body 106, as shown in Figure 3B. In this embodiment, the rotation adjustment controller 235 can increase or decrease the pupil distance. [0059] The combined light (which is reflected by mirror 260a or 260b and from display Q 215a or 215b) is an adjustable electro-optical device that may carry (in (7) with) optical element 2〇5 ( Adjustable powered optics) (eg lens) 21 〇 Focusing. The adjustable optical device 210 can include a zoom lens or an iens system that can have, for example, an adjustable focal length and/or power. The adjustable optical device 21 can include or be part of an auto-focus system or can be manually adjusted. The adjustable optical device 210 can provide optical correction for situations where correction is required (e.g., the user removes the glasses while testing). The position of the electro-optical device '210 can be determined based on signals obtained by the devices described in more detail below. The focused light then travels toward a user's eye through an eyepiece 15 201014571 window (eyepieceWind0ws) or lens (optical element 2〇5) located at the proximal end of the eyepiece 2〇3. In the case of including a lens (optical element 2〇5), this lens (optical element 205) can cause light to be focused within the eye. [0060] This guide eye (4) light can be scattered by the _ or features of its towel. A portion of this scattered light may be directed back into the eyepiece. The lens (optical element 2〇5) can thus receive light 207 reflected by the user's eye, which travels through the electro-optical device 210' from the beam splitter 230a or 230b towards the beam splitter 22A or 220b, the beam splitter 220a or 220b reflects the light toward the beam splitter (or mirror) 295a or 29 north at 29 or 295b, the light reflected by the sample and the reference arm (between the beam splitter or the north and the beam splitter 295a or 295b) The path of the reference lens 273a or 27 and 27 plus or 270b) causes interference (thus, the sampling arm includes an optical path between the beam splitter 2 or 28% © and the beam splitter 295a or 295b, It includes a mirror 25〇a or 25〇b and 255a or 255b and a sample or eye ^) then the light is reflected by the mirror 225a or 225b towards the switch 275. In some embodiments, the switch 275 includes a switchable deflector (switchable) A deflector can switch the optical path to the first or second eye to collect data from the individual eye to be sent to the data acquisition device (eg, also aCqUis) device 202. The switch can include a low frequency switcher ( L〇w_丘eqUenCy sw^ch ), so that all data to be collected from one eye is obtained before the other eye collects the data. Alternatively, the switch may include a high frequency switch that can be interleaved to collect from each eye. Information. [0061] Such an instrument can be configured in different ways. For example, each eye can use a common reference path. In some embodiments, the reference arm includes one or more movable paths. The mirror adjusts the optical path length difference between the reference arm and the sampling arm. In other embodiments, the components can be added, removed, or repositioned. Other techniques can be used. [0062] For example, although not shown Polarizers and polarized beamsplitters can be used to control the propagation of light through the optical path in the optical system (pr〇pagati〇n). Other variations are also possible. Other designs can also be used. 16 201014571 • [(8)63 In some embodiments, an A-scan can be formed in the time domain. In these cases, the 'Z-axis offset adjustment platform and the corresponding mirror 250a or 250b and mirror 255a 255b • The position can be changed over time. Alternatively, the reference mirrors 270a and 270b and the reference mirrors 273a and 273b or other mirrors in the reference arm or sampling arm can be varied. The combined light associated with the position of each mirror can be analyzed to determine The characteristic of one eye, which is a function of depth. In other embodiments, an A-scan can be formed in the frequency domain. In these cases, the frequency of the combined ray can be analyzed to determine the characteristics of an eye. , which is a function of depth. In addition, one or more galvanometers can control the level and/or vertical position of the A-scan. Thus, multiple A-scans can be obtained to form a B-scan and/or a stereo optical coherence tomography. φ [0064] The light output from the structure (switch 275) can be input to a data acquisition device 202, which can include, for example, a spectrometer or a light meter. A grating can be in the body 106. The data acquisition device 2〇2 is coupled to a computer system 1〇4 which can present to the user 114 an output based on the scan results. The output device can include a monitor screen for displaying the output therein. The output device can include a printer to print the output. The wheeling device can be used to store data in a portable medium, such as a compact disc or a universal serial bus (USB) driver (USB) or a specific Custom portable data storage device 〇® '5] In some embodiments, the computer system 104 analyzes the data received by the data acquisition device 202 to determine one or more adjustment platforms 29 amp &amp; And/or 29〇b, and/or one or more movable components, and/or electro-optical devices 21〇 need to be adjusted. In one case, an A-scan is analyzed to determine the location of the view medium (e.g., approximate location) so that the instrument can obtain data on the view medium. In some embodiments, each-A scan includes a plurality of light intensity values, each light intensity value being a different depth from the sample application - in some embodiments 'can be adjusted by varying the Z-axis adjustment platform 290a or 290b Scan with (4) A. The same 'A scan contains 2 pastes to flatten the 'reverse rails' obtained from different locations. Recording _ difficult eye _ no partial reflection of the new home, so can be determined by "flattening which depth provides a reflection intensity to determine a position of the adjustment platform 290a or 17 201014571 290b to effectively image the retina. In some embodiments, the Z-axis adjustment platform can be varied and the intensity values can be monitored. An extended peak intensities at the locations of the several Z-axis adjustment platforms can correspond to the retina. Many different ways and values can be monitored. The position of the retina is determined. For example, multiple A-scans can be obtained at different depths and the integrated intensity of each scan can be obtained and compared to determine which depth provides a peak intensity. In some embodiments, the intensity values in an a scan can be compared to other values in the A-scan and/or a gantry. The intensity values corresponding to the preferred locations can be higher than a predetermined or relative and/or Unlike other audibility values (eg, a certain number greater than the standard deviation), many different methods can be used. [0066] After the positions of the entire platform 29〇a and 290b, subsequent image analysis can be performed to calculate the proportion of the user's head, eyes or retina relative to the vibration or movement of the light source 24Q. For example, a closed loop feedback system (dosed loop - k system) is used to provide a more stable signal when the above actions exist. The optical coherence tomography signal can be monitored and provided to, for example, one or more active platforms (translation In order to compensate for the above vibrations and movements, in some embodiments, the 'subsequent image analysis may be based on changes in the initial image and/or gamma image characteristics. For example, 'image analysis may determine the brightest pixel in the -A scan ( Pixd) has moved the second transfer from a previous scan. In this case, the adjustment flat 29Ga &amp; 29Gb can be moved based on the above analysis. Other methods can also be used. [0067] In some cases, optical coherence tomography signals are used. To adjust the electro-optical device 21G to provide increased or improved focus, for example, when the patient needs refractive correction (refractiveC0ITecti0n). For example, many users/patients may Wearing glasses, and may not wear any glasses during the test. Electric optics 21 () can be adjusted based on the reflection signal to determine which correction to add to improve the signal is improved. In some embodiments, the 'analyze a plurality of eight scans to determine the position of the electro-optical device (10) in the embodiment' is determined after the position of the adjustment platform 29A or (10) is determined. At multiple positions of the electro-optical device 21G Each position can be obtained from 18 201014571 to one or more A-scans, one or more B-scans, or a stereo optical coherence tomography. These scans can be analyzed to assess, for example, image quality. The position of the electro-optical device 210 can be selected based on these image quality measures. [0068] Image quality measurements may include a noise measure. The noise measurement can be estimated based on the distribution of different intensity levels of the reflected light in the scan. For example, a lower signal may be related to noise. Conversely, the highest signal may be related to a saturated signal. A noise measurement can be compared to a saturation measurement as a noise ratio or a variation thereof. The lowest reflectivity measured (refer to a low or low signal value) can also be considered. In some embodiments, the determination of the position of the adjustment platform 290a and/or 290b and/or the electro-optical device 210 is based on a signal-to-noise measurement, a signal strength measurement, and a noise. Measurement, a saturation measurement, and a low signal measurement. Different combinations of the above parameters can also be used. It is also possible to use values obtained by combining more than one position or scanning parameters. Other parameters and other image quality assessments can also be used. [0069] In an embodiment, a noise value is estimated as a reflected light value, wherein about 75% of the measured reflected light is lower than the noise value, and about 25 The measured reflected light of % is higher than this noise value. The saturation value is estimated as a reflected light value, wherein about 99% of the measured reflected light is below the saturation value, and about 1% of the measured reflected light is above the saturated value. A middle value is defined as the noise value and the mean value of the saturation value. An intensity ratio is defined as the difference between the saturated value and the low signal value, divided by the low signal value, and multiplied by 100. A tissue signal ratio is defined as the number of reflected ray values between the intermediate value and the saturation value divided by the number of reflected ray values between the noise value and the saturation value. A quality value is defined as the intensity ratio multiplied by the tissue signal ratio. Further details are described, for example, in the Journal of Br. J. Ophthalmol, 2006, Vol. 90, pp. 186-190, by Stein DM^ Ishikawa H, Hariprasad R, Wollstein Q Noecker RJ, Fujimoto JQ Schuman JS. A new quality assessment parameter for optical coherence tomography" in article 19 201014571. A number of other different methods can also be used to obtain a quality factor (figure〇fmerit) for measuring the results and adjusting the instrument accordingly. .

[〇〇70]在調整可調整的電動光學器材21〇 _子之中,在部分實施 . 例中,對多個位置進行測試。舉例而言,電動光學器材可以為了每次 掃描或是多次掃描碰地以已定義的增加量(__)朝向眼睛移 動。或者,通些位置可取決於先前所決定的影像品質測量。舉例而言, 假設電動光學器材210朝向眼睛的一第一移動增加一影像品質測^, 而朝向眼睛的-後績第二移動減少一影像品質測量,那麼第三移動可 為遠離眼睛。因此,光學功率設定(〇pticalp〇Wersetting)可以改善及/ 或維持-已改善的訊號。在部分實施例中,光學功率設定可與光學校 正(optical correction)有關,並且可增加光束在眼睛中,例如於視網 〇 臈上’的聚焦。 [0071]如同上述,許多實施例中運用了 一種採用了一對目鏡的配置 方式。由於一使用者的眼睛可能有不同的大小,並且視網财能位於 不同的深度’因此這些調整方式可運用於每一隻眼睛,且在部分實施 例中可以使用-對Z軸調整平台。相同地,—使用者的不同眼睛可具 有不同的光學校正處理方式(different prescripti()n Qptieal 。 可以採用許多的配置方式以滿足上述需求。舉例而言,可對—隻眼睛 執行及完成測量及/或調整之後,再接著執行及完成另一隻眼睛。或者^ 可以同時地齡或交錯_量及整。其他許錄财式亦材行。© [0072]圖4顯示出一光譜儀4〇〇的一圖式,其可做為一頻域光學同 調斷層掃描系統的-資料取得裝置2G2。輸入到光譜儀·的光線4〇5 由集光透鏡410所收集。收集到的光線接著投射通過一狹縫415,之後 由準直透鏡420進行準直化。準直光線由一光栅425分散為不同的光 譜元件(spectral component)。光柵425可具有光學功率以將光譜分布 (spectral distribution)聚焦於一影像平面(imageplane)上。值得注意 _ 的疋,其他分散元件(separation component),例如一稜鏡(prjsm), 亦可用以分散光線。此分散光線接著藉由聚焦透鏡430而被導引到一 20 201014571 制11 _上,如此賴量到來自不同光麟的每-辭的光譜元件。 . [0073】許多不同的光學同調斷層掃描設計亦為可行。舉例而言,頻 率可隨著時間改變。參考臂及取樣臂可以重疊。在部分實施例^中, 一參考臂與一取樣臂不同,然而在其他實施例之令,參考臂與取樣臂 為共用。請參照,例如2003年Applied Optics第42冊第34版第 6953-6958 I . ^ Vakhtin AB, Kane DJ, Wood WR, Peterson KA. 合著的 “C〇mm〇n-path interferometer· for freqUency_d〇main 〇ptical coherencetomography”一文。光學同調斷層掃描的配置應不受限於以此 處所述。其他的變化亦為可行。 〇 [0074]在如圖5所示的部分實施例之中,主體1〇6僅包括一單一顯 示器215。來自顯示器215的光線在一 χ稜鏡(x_prism) 5〇5處進行 分光。值得注意的是,可以使用其他光學裝置(〇pticaldeyice)將來源 光線分光為多個光射線。已分光的光線在鏡子51如或51%處被反射, 並被導引朝向使用者114。 [0075]當-或多個檢流計移動來自光源24〇的光線,以使組織的一 區域成像時’可導引使用者注視(fixate) 一顯示標的。在部分實施例 中,當組織的一區域被成像時,顯示標的在使用者的視野之中移動。 舉例而言,在® 6A之中’顯示標的可水平移動(例如在内側_外側方 Ο 向),如此可以導引一病患由左至右或是由右至左觀看。同時間,一鉛 直掃描器(例如一檢流計)使得掃描中的樣本的鉛直位置(例如在上 下方向)隨著時間改變。圖6A顯示出-隻眼睛被導引而在水平方向 605移動。由於鉛直掃描器的緣故,使得掃描執跡(traject〇ry) 61〇涵 蓋大部分的眼睛600。在水平及鉛直方向的掃描可以產生立體光學同調 斷層掃描。在部分實施例之中,結合連續的及/或規則圖案化的A掃描 (regularly PattemedA-scans),以形成一完整的掃描,例如B掃描或是 立體光學同調斷層掃描。在其他實施例之中,結合不連績的及/或隨機 . 的A掃描,以形成完整掃描。相較於讓使用者Π4保持其眼睛注視於 一固定標的(stationarytarget)所配置的系統,在一掃描過程中導引使 21 201014571 用者m移動其眼睛所配置的系統可包括較少的掃描器。舉例而言, 相較於-船直及-水平掃描器兩者兼具的一系統,使用者m可二在 水平方向移動其眼睛,以藉此免除(eliminating)_水平掃描器的需求。 [0076]在其他實施例之中,可以使騎部掃描器(例如—錯直及一 水平掃描器)。這些掃描器的設計、性能及/或規格並不需要相^。舉例 而言’這些掃描器的其中之—可比另—部更快及/或解析度更高。更具 體的來說,-錯直掃描器她於—水平掃描器可用以更快地掃描,或 反之亦可。在部分例示實施例之中,可使用具有不同速度的掃描器, 例如檢流計,以在錯直方向上持續地掃描,並且僅偶爾地(嶋_ ❹ 沿著水平方向前進(increment)(或反之亦可)。在部分實施例之中, 舉例而言,其卜部掃描器的速度可為另一部的1/2到〇,然而在 此範圍之外的數值料可行。相_,在部分實施例之令,立體 ,調斷層掃娜像在—方向(例如水平方向)可能不會與在另一方= ==:=一樣多的像素。在部分實施例之,,舉例而言: =先翔崎騎描影像可為_χ512,細其他大如料可 解心或是檢流計相較於另一部掃描器可能具有-較小的 二在-部掃描器的規格相較於另—部掃描器具有較低 = 度或疋較低的解析度的例子之中,可 田速 檢流計。因此,這兩邻播# 乂且的掃描器或 ❹ 可以# _ 料需要為_型_等級。 L 馳佳(㈣貴)以及—雜能姉較差(較便 本。其器或是檢流計可以減少儀器的整體成 流計。在部分實施例:中=:示=,例提到-或多部檢 計。 J之f 了以使用一不同種類的掃描器來取代檢流 [〇〇”]圖6B顯示出一 A掃描的一例 亮度來代表),#—赫隸七$ ^包含喊強度(由 插包含夕伽獻…水千及乱直位置的深度的一函數。因此,—A;^ 個對應於不同前後側位細度值。多個A掃描形成—= 22 201014571 - 描。圖6C顯示出一 B掃描,其中明亮訊號的最大部分對應到視網膜組 織,而視網膜下的上升區域(elevated region)對應到眼睛之中的病變 « 組織(diseased tissue)。 [0078] 參照圖7A’其繪示出一放大圖以描繪出主體1〇6的一實施 例’主體106設置有一把手118,用以調整目鏡杯以符合使用者的瞳孔 距離(interpupillary distance)。在此圖示實施例之中,主體1〇6包含一 左目鏡杯712及一右目鏡杯714 ’其中彼此經由曈孔距離調整裝置718 所互相連接。瞳孔距離調整裝置718連接把手118,其中把手118用以 讓使用者扣住把手118,以調整左及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離, φ 以與使用者眼睛之間的瞳孔距離匹配或是實質上符合。 [0079] 參照圖7A,使用者可以對把手us進行旋轉、轉向、或是 扭轉,以調整左及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離,以與使用者眼睛 之間的曈孔距離匹配或是實質上符合。或者,把手118可用以由一側 朝向另一侧移動,以便使用者調整左及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距 離。此外,把手118可用以前後移動,以便使用者調整左及右目鏡杯 712及714之間的距離。另外,把手118可用以上下移動,以便使用者 調整左及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離。在另一實施例之中,左及 右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離可經由使用者所啟動的一馬達進行調 Ο 整及/或控制。或者,馬達可用以由電腦系統104所控制,以半自動地 疋位左及右目鏡杯712及714 ’以與使用者眼睛之間的瞳孔距離匹配。 在這些情況下,此處所敘述的一系統可包含眼部追踨裝置(eye dev1Ce)。在其他實施例之中,可以利用前述物件的一組合,以調整左 及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離,以與使用者眼睛之間的瞳孔距離 匹配或是實質上符合。 [〇〇80]一使用者114可基於使用者觀看在一或多個顯示器215上的 或多個注視標的(flxati〇n target),以調整曈孔距離。舉例而言,可 ^ 叹,顯不器215以及注視標的’因此當曈孔距離對使用者114來說為 適§時使用者會觀看到兩個對準的影像(沾职&amp;如吨⑵),其可形成 23 201014571 一單一、完整的影像。使用者114可調整(例如旋轉)調整控制器235, 以基於注視標的影像來改變曈孔距離,如圖7A所示。圖7B至7F繪 — 示出由觀看者在多種情況之下所觀看到的注視標的的一實施例;然 . 而,其他注視標的亦為可行,包括但不限於一盒狀外形(b〇x configuration)。圖7B顯示出對應左眼的顯示器215a上的一 u形注視 標的715a。圖7C顯示出對應右眼的顯示器215b上的一倒u型注視標 [0081] 當瞳孔距離已適當地調整時’底部及上部影像(注視標的 7i5a及715b)會對準,如圖7D所示’以形成一完整的H形注視標的 715。當瞳孔距離過於狹窄,對應左眼的顯示器2以上的注視標&amp; 7以 顯示出向右位移,而對應右眼的顯示器215b上的注視標的715 〇 出向左位移,且使用者會看到如圖7E所示的影像。相反地,當瞳孔距 離過於寬廣,對應左眼的顯示器215a上的注視標的715a顯示出向左位 移,而對應右眼的顯示器215b上的注視標的715b顯示出向右位移, 且使用者會看到如圖7F所示的影像。因此’瞳孔距離可基於上述影像 進行調整。 ’ [0082] 尤其是在@ 7D之中,對位影像(注視標的π)的形狀為 - Η形。因此’當正確地調整瞳孔距離時,在左邊及右邊的注視標的 會重叠以形成-Η形。亦可提供其他的對位影像(注視標的715)。 ❹ _3]參照圖8 ’㈣示出電腦系,统1〇4的一實施例。在圖示的實 施例之中,電腦系統104可包含-掃描控制及分析模組(_ c〇ntr〇1 — analyse modde)824,用以控制由主體106所執行的掃描程序(s麵邮 operation)。電腦系統104也可包含一注視標記控制系統(fixati〇n marker 咖lSystem) 822,用以顯示使用者可自主體1〇6看見的一注視標記 (fixation marker)。在某些實施例之中,注視標記顯示為一 χ形、一 點、-盒狀或其他形狀。注視標記可用以水平、錯直、斜向(㈣加卿)、 - 繞行(circularly)或以上述組合的方式移動。注視標記可在眼睛自行改 &lt; 變位置之時快速地改變位置’以重新定位光束位於視網膜上的位置。 24 201014571 • 電腦系統104也可包含一聚焦調整模組(focus acyust module) 820,用 以自動地調整主體106中的聚焦透鏡’將於後再仔細討論。電腦系統 104也可包含一 ζ軸定位模組(z positioning module) 818,用以自動 地調整此處所討論的Z軸偏移量。 [0084] 參照圖8 ’於此圖示實施例中的電腦系統1〇4包含一疾病風 險評估/診斷模組(disease risk assessment / diagnosis module) 808,用 以存取用以決定、評估疾病的風險或是可能性的資訊、資料及演算法 (algorithm),及/或基於由掃描使用者眼睛所得到的資料及/或測量所 產生的一診斷。在一實施例之中,掃描控制及分析模組824用以比較 Q 自主體106所接收到的資料與儲存在疾病風險評估/診斷模組808中的 資料,以產生如後所述的使用者眼睛之中的疾病的一風險評估及/或診 斷。電腦系統104亦可包含一影像/掃描資料庫database), 用以儲存由主體106所產生的多位使用者的影像及/或掃描結果,以及 儲存與每一影像及/或掃描相關的一獨有的識別符號(yjjjque identifier)。在某些實施例之中,掃描控制及分析模組824使用一特定 使用者的歷史影像(historical image)及/或掃描結果與同一使用者的目 前影像(currentimage)及/或掃描結果進行比較,以偵測使用者眼睛中 的改變。在某些實施例之中’掃描控制及分析模組824使用偵測到的 Q 改變以協助產生使用者眼睛中的疾病的一風險評估及/或診斷。 [0085] 在如圖8所示的圖示實施例之中,電腦系統1〇4可包含一使 用者/病患資料庫(user/patientdatabase) 802,以存取病患資訊,例如 使用者姓名、生日、郵寄地址、居住地址、辦公室地址、獨有的識別 符號、年齡、附屬醫生(affiliated doctor)、電話號碼、電子郵件地址、 社會安全碼、種族、性別、飲食習慣及相關資訊、生活方式及/或運動 習慣資訊、校正鏡片的使用、家族健康史、醫療及眼疾歷史、前置程 序(priorprocedures)或是其他相似的使用者資訊。電腦系統1〇4也可 * 包含醫師轉介資料庫(physician referral database ),用以存取醫師資訊, 例如醫師姓名、醫師訓練及/或專業(expertise) /專長(Speciaity)、醫 25 201014571 師診所地址、醫師電話號碼及/或電子信箱地址、醫師空檔時間表 (physician scheduling availability )、醫師評價(rating )或品質(quality )、 醫師診所時間或其他醫師資訊。 [0086]參照圖8 ’電腦系統104也可包令—使用者介面模組(user interface module) 805 (其可包含而不限於下述常見的輸入/輸出 (input/output, I/O)裝置及介面),用以藉由聲音的語音指令(audible verbal command)、一 聲音辨識介面(voice recognition interface)、一鍵 盤、觸發器(toggle)、搖桿把手(joystickhandle)、開關、按钮、視覺 顯示器(visual display)、觸控勞幕顯示器(touch screen display)等等 或上述組合與使用者進行通訊、指示及/或互動(interact)。在某些實施 例之中’使用者介面模組805用以指示及/或導引使用者使用及/或定位 光學同調斷層掃描系統100的主體106。電腦系統1〇4也可包含一報告 /輸出模組(reporting/outputmodule) 806,用以產生、輸出、顯示及/ 或列印一報告(例如圖11A及11B),包含由疾病風險評估/診斷模組 808所產生的風險評估及/或診斷。在其他實施例之中,報告包含至少 一位推薦醫師,以聯繫關於風險評估的内容。 [0087]參照圖8,電腦系統1〇4也可包含一認證模組(authenticati〇n module) 816,用以作為與使用者卡片讀取系統112之間的介面,其中 一使用者可以將一使用者識別卡(user identification card)插入使用者 卡片讀取系統112。在某些實施例之中,認證模組816是用以藉由讀取 識別卡的資料’以對使用者進行認證,並與儲存於使用者/病患資料庫 802中的資料作比較及/或儲存資訊。在某些實施例之中,認證模組816 是用以經由使用者卡片讀取系統112從使用者識別卡讀取或是得到使 用者的保險資訊(insurance information)。認證模組816可用以將使用 者的保險資§fl與儲存於承保資料庫(insurance 如彳油挪)828 中的資料進行比對,以決定使用者的保險是否被接受或者使用者的保 險公司是否將會支付掃描使用者眼睛的費用。在其他實施例之中,認 證模組與帳單模組(billing module) 810進行通訊,以送出一訊息及/ 26 201014571 紐票給制者的鎌公司及/或裝置製造商⑷如__ 以清求支付對病患的眼睛執行-掃描的費用。卡片可以啟動一或 機器的功能以讓使用者,例如執行—測試或者自機器接收輸出 他實施例之中’帳單模組81〇是用以與使用者介面模組奶進行通訊, 以請求侧者支付全部或部分(例如共同負擔( 描 需的費用。在某些實施例之中,帳單模組⑽是用以與制者 取系統112進行通訊,以得到使用者信用卡、記帳卡、禮物卡 資訊、或是扣除儲雜使时朗卡上的無。或者,帳單模组⑽ 是用以藉由進行通訊及/或控制-介面裝置以接收崎、硬幣 ❹ 其他來接收使用者的付款。或者,帳單模組81()是用以經由藍芽 ⑧)或是其他通訊協定/通道 protocols/channels)與使用者的行動裝置(m〇wle㈣饮 ^得到㈣卡㈣ '鮮地址、歧對制者的行_路服務帳戶 mobde network serviee ae_t)索取費用(例如手機營運廠商網路 (cellular Cairiernetwork))來接收使用者的付款。 _8]參照® 8 ’使用者卡片可由保險業者㈤耐 縱哪些者已使用此綠。在―實施例祕可崎掃描 風險評估及/絲告直接列印(於卡片表面上)或是儲存(於心 是磁條(magnetic stripe)中)_患插入到系統之中的卡片上=卡二 會歸還給使用者)。系統可用以儲存多個掃描結果、風 ;及或報σ ’及/或於磁條上儲存新資訊之前清除先前的婦描幹 果、風險評估及/或報告。在某些實施射,風險評估的計算是= 所執行(例如掃描控制及分析模組824)。在某些實施例中,將已計算 出的風險評估傳送到另一位置的一中央概器系統(咖⑽㈣ system)(例如遠端系統⑽),其經由—網頁(webpage)提供 醫師、制者 '絲科。此中央舰料統(例如遠端系統 :病患或醫生輸入其卡片代瑪(CardC〇de)’以查看储存於 貧枓庫(centralizeddatabase)中的結果。 27 201014571 [0089] 在圖8的例示實施例中,電腦系統l〇4可包含一網路介面 (network interface) 812 及一防火牆(firewall) 814,以藉由一通訊媒 介108與其他遠端系統110進行通訊。其他遠端系統11〇可包含而不 限於用以檢查光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇的狀態/準確性 (status/accuracy)的一系統;用以更新疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料 庫)808的一系統、承保資料庫828、醫師轉介資料庫8〇4及/或掃描控 制及分析模組824。在某些實施例之中,電腦系統1〇4可用以與一遠端 系統110進行通訊’以基於用主體106對使用者眼睛掃描所得到的資 料進行一初步及/或第二次風險評估。 [0090] 參照圖8,遠端系統110可用以遠端執行(以一立即、延遲 及/或批次方式)一風險評估及/或診斷並經由一網路或通訊媒介傳送風 險評估、診斷及/或報告到電腦系統104,以使用輸出裝置ι〇2輸出給 使用者。在某些實施例之中,輸出裝置102用以以一網頁顯示風險評 估、診斷及/或報告,其可經由電腦系統104列印、以電子郵件寄送、 傳送及/或儲存。遠端系統110亦可用以經由一網路及/或通訊媒介傳送 風險評估、診斷及/或報告到使用者(或醫生)的行動電話、電腦、電 子郵件帳號、傳真或其它。 [0091] 請參照圖9,其顯示出使用光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇所揭 露的方法,以自我管理使用者眼睛的一光學同調斷層掃描掃描,並得 到各種疾病及病症的一風險評估或診斷。此程序開始於方塊9〇1,其中 使用者接近光學同調斷層掃描系統100並藉由例如按下一按鈕或是鍵 入一啟動碼(activationcode)或是匿名的(anonymous)識別號碼來啟 動系統。在其他實施例中,在方塊901中,使用者介面模組805指示 使用者先將一識別卡或是匿名編碼的篩選卡插入使用者卡片讀取系統 112中以啟動系統。在方塊9〇1中,系統亦可於使用者將其識別卡插入 使用者卡片讀取系統112中時啟動。其他啟動系統的方式亦為可行, 包含但不限於’ 一動作感測器(moti〇n sensor)、一重量感測器(weight sensor)、一射頻識別(radio frequency identification,RFID)裝置或其他 28 201014571 動器(actuator),以谓測使用者的出現。或者,光學同斷層掃描系 統100可於帳單模組sio 4貞測到使用者將紙鈔、硬幣、代幣等等投入 用、接收付放的介面裝置之時啟動β或者,當帳單模組81〇與一使 用^行,裝置進行通訊,以得到使用者的信用卡資訊、帳單地址或 其它’或是對使用者的行動網路服務帳戶(例如手機營運廠商網路) 索取費用之時’帳單模組810亦可用以啟動光學同調斷層掃描系統跡 [0092] 參照圖9的方塊902 ’使用者介面模組8〇5用以導引使用者 將拋棄式目鏡杯接合至主體106上,接著將具有拋棄式目鏡杯的主體 106置於使用者的眼睛附近及/或將樾棄式目鏡杯支承於使用者的眼 ^ 窩使用者介面模組指示使用者扣住把手118,以調整左及右目鏡 杯712及714之間的距離,以與使用者的瞳孔距離匹配或是實質上符 口如同圖7Α至7F的相關&quot;敛述。在使用者適當地校準及/或調整主體 106與瞳孔距離之後,使用者輸入或是指示使用者介面模組8〇5以開始 掃描。掃描控制及分析模組824實質上限制零重力臂的移動或鎖住其 位置及/或左及右目鏡杯712及714之間的距離以開始掃描。 [0093] 參照圖9,在方塊906中,Ζ軸定位模組818自動地調整主 體106中的Ζ軸偏移量,如此使得可例如由視網膜中的組織得到光學 同調斷層掃描測量^ Ζ軸定位模組818可識別及/或估計樣本的某部分 ❹ 的位置(例如一使用者114的一隻眼睛的某部分),並基於此位置調整 一或多個光學元件的位置。熟悉本項技藝者將體會出執行此一調整的 多種方式。舉例而言’ Ζ袖定位模組818可包含一馬達,例如一麼電焉 達(piezoelectric motor),以軸向地(longitudinally)變動一或多個參考 鏡,如此使得由分光鏡到視網膜的光學路徑長度大約與(於—同調長 度之内)參考臂中的光學路徑相等。這樣的移動可以使來自參考臂的 光線與由樣本的一預期部位(例如視網膜)所反射的光線產生干涉。 。 在方塊908中,圖示方法使用聚焦調整模組820來執行聚焦調整。熟 , 悉本項技藝者亦將體會出用以執行上述自動聚焦校正(autQ_foeus calibration)的不同技術。方塊910說明由電腦系統104所執行的一選 29 201014571 擇性的測試’以決定使用者眼睛的視覺功能(visual ^也⑽)及/或視 力(acuity)。在某些實施例之中,視力測試是與注視標記控制系統 . (fixation marker control system) 822 —併執行或是結合,並且可同時 · 測試雙眼或是-次麟-眼。舉卿言,注視標記最出看起來較小, 接著其大小漸漸變大,直至使用者經由使用者介面模組8〇5指出可看 到注視標記。基於使用者可清楚地看見注視標記的大小,注視標記控 制系統822可估計或是決定或是評估使用者的視力(例如2〇/2〇、2〇/4〇 等等)。 [〇〇94]參照圖9 ’在方塊912中,使用者介面模組8〇5指示使用者 跟著使用者由主體106上所看到的注視標記的移動。在一實施例之中, 注視標記控制系統822是用以顯示水平移動的一注視標記。在部分實 ® 施例之中,注視標記的水平移動,使得當眼睛水平移動時,掃描控制 及分析模組824錯直地掃描眼睛,因此有可能得到待餐清的眼睛組織 的一二維、立體(volume)或光柵(raster)掃描。或者,掃描控制及 分析模組824及/或注視標記控制系、统可使;主視標記或光束跳動或移 動,以得到在眼睛上不同側向位置的測量。 [〇〇95]在掃描眼睛的過程之中,掃描控制及分析模組824可用以在 方塊913中偵測是否主體1〇6相對於使用者的位置已經位移。在一實 施例之中,掃描控制及分析模組824可基於在掃描過程之中,掃描控 制及分析模組824預期會接收到的值,以偵測(以即時、實質上即時 ® 或者延遲的方式)是否產生位移。舉例而言’當掃描控制及分析模舨 824掃描視網膜之時,掃描控制及分析模組824預期會在掃描程序進行 到接近視神經(opticnerve)時(例如基於注視標記的位置及/或掃描器 的,態),偵測到訊號改變。或者,亦可使用一列線圖(n〇m〇gram)以 決定或產生韻值或是預航變值。如果纽並未姻職視神經的 一偵測一致的(consistent) —預期訊號改變及/或未接收到訊號改變, 那麼掃描控制及分析模組824可用以將這些資料解讀(inteipret)為使 用者未正確地追踨。其他的特徵,例如視網膜中央窩(fovea)等等, - 30 201014571 可用以決疋疋否觀察到預期訊號。假若產生了足夠的不當追從(例如 • 基於;·門楹)’系統⑽可要求使用者為另-次的掃描再重新注視(使 用注視標記控制系統822)。假若上述的位移偵測程序並非以即時或是 實質上即時的方式發生’那麼系統可用以完成此次掃描、執行資料分 析,並且在分析的過程之中,系統可用以個在掃描過程之中是否產 生-位移。假若侧到實質的位移,郭麼使用者可接受指示(經由使 用使用者介面模組8〇5的視覺、聲音、或是語音指令(verbaling加Λη)) 再度向前坐’以便執行另-次掃描。如果系統積測到一位移2次、3次 或是更多次時,系統可用以引介使用者至一一般的眼科醫生。 〇 [〇〇96]在一掃描結束時,掃描控制及分析模組824可用以產生一信 賴值(confidence value),其代表列線圖將運用到此病患的可行性。舉 例而言’如果病患具有邊緣視縣,其信難可能會較低於 呈現良好注視結果的一病患。 [0097] 在一即時的實施例之中,系統可用以在鄰近的A掃描或b 掃描之間執行快速的交互關聯性(cr〇ss_c〇1Teiati〇n)運算,以綠認眼睛 正稍微移動。在部分實酬之中’前财式可有獅美國國家標準協 會(American National Standards Institute,ANSI)的雷射安全標準,以 避免在雷射能量轟擊使用者的視網膜時讓使用者盯住同一個位置。因 〇 此,在部分實施例中’當系統細不到眼睛移動時(例如交互關聯性 高於一特定門檻),系統設置有一雷射暫停的特徵。在部分實施例中, 為加快此程序並提供頻域光學同調斷層掃描中的即時分析,訊號資料 *T於執行一快速傅立葉轉換(fast fourier transform, FFT)之前進行八 析。可運用其他技術以決定使用者具有某些眼睛移動。 [0098] 假若沒有偵測到注視的問題’掃描控制及分析模組824完成 , 使用者眼睛的掃描,於影像/掃描資料庫826中儲存影像及/或播:杳 料,並在方塊915中分析A掃描資料,以在方塊916中藉由讀取儲存 ' 於疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)808之中的資料及/或演算法,以 產生/決定一風險評估及/或診斷。在部分實施例中,可分析A掃描群 31 201014571 =部刀或全。卩的B掃域者部分或全觸立體光學關斷層掃描資 料至少其中之一。[〇〇70] Among the adjustments of the adjustable electro-optic optical device 21〇, in the partial implementation, in the example, a plurality of positions are tested. For example, the electro-optical device can be moved toward the eye with a defined increment (__) for each scan or multiple scans. Alternatively, these locations may depend on previously determined image quality measurements. For example, assuming that the electro-optic device 210 adds an image quality measurement to a first movement of the eye, and a second movement toward the eye-reduced image reduces an image quality measurement, then the third movement can be away from the eye. Therefore, the optical power setting (〇pticalp〇Wersetting) can improve and/or maintain the improved signal. In some embodiments, the optical power setting can be related to optical correction and can increase the focus of the beam in the eye, e.g., on the screen. As described above, many embodiments employ a configuration in which a pair of eyepieces are employed. Since a user's eyes may be of different sizes and the viewing network is at different depths, these adjustments can be applied to each eye, and in some embodiments, the Z-axis can be used to adjust the platform. Similarly, the different eyes of the user may have different optical correction processing methods (different prescripti()n Qptieal. A number of configurations may be employed to meet the above requirements. For example, the eye can be performed and the measurement is completed and / or after the adjustment, then perform and complete the other eye. Or ^ can be at the same time age or staggered _ amount and whole. Other Xu recorded financial style is also OK. © [0072] Figure 4 shows a spectrometer 4 〇〇 The figure can be used as a data acquisition device 2G2 of a frequency domain optical coherence tomography system. The light 4〇5 input to the spectrometer is collected by the collecting lens 410. The collected light is then projected through a slit 415. The collimated light is then collimated by a collimating lens 420. The collimated light is dispersed into a different spectral component by a grating 425. The grating 425 can have optical power to focus the spectral distribution on an image plane ( Imageplane). It is worth noting that _, other separation components, such as a prjsm, can also be used to disperse light. The light is then directed by a focusing lens 430 to a 20 201014571 system, so that it depends on the spectral elements from each of the different optical fibers. [0073] Many different optical coherence tomography designs are also For example, the frequency may vary over time. The reference arm and the sampling arm may overlap. In some embodiments, a reference arm is different from a sampling arm, whereas in other embodiments, the reference arm and the sampling arm For sharing, please refer to, for example, Applied Optics, No. 42, 2003, 34th edition, 6953-6958 I. ^ Vakhtin AB, Kane DJ, Wood WR, Peterson KA. Co-authored "C〇mm〇n-path interferometer· for freqUency_d〇main 〇ptical coherencetomography. The configuration of the optical coherence tomography should not be limited to that described herein. Other variations are also possible. [0074] Among some of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5, The main body 1 6 includes only a single display 215. The light from the display 215 is split at a circle (x_prism) 5〇5. It is worth noting that other optical devices (〇pticaldeyice) can be used. The source light is split into a plurality of light rays. The split light is reflected at the mirror 51 as or 51% and directed toward the user 114. [0075] When - or a plurality of galvanometers are moved from the light source 24 The light, when imaging an area of the tissue, can be used to guide the user to fixate a display target. In some embodiments, when an area of tissue is imaged, the display object moves within the field of view of the user. For example, in the ® 6A, the display can be moved horizontally (for example, on the medial side), so that a patient can be viewed from left to right or from right to left. At the same time, a lead scanner (e.g., a galvanometer) causes the vertical position of the sample under scanning (e.g., in the up and down direction) to change over time. Figure 6A shows that only the eye is guided to move in the horizontal direction 605. Due to the vertical scanner, the scanning trajectory 61 covers most of the eye 600. Scanning in horizontal and vertical directions produces stereoscopic optical tomosynthesis. In some embodiments, continuous and/or regularly patterned A-scans are combined to form a complete scan, such as a B-scan or a stereo optical tonal tomography. In other embodiments, a non-continuous and/or random A-scan is combined to form a full scan. In contrast to having the user 保持4 keep their eyes gazing at a fixed target configured system, the system configured to move 21 201014571 user m to move their eyes during a scan may include fewer scanners . For example, in contrast to a system in which both the ship and the horizontal scanner are combined, the user m can move his eyes horizontally to thereby eliminate the need for a horizontal scanner. [0076] Among other embodiments, a rider scanner (e.g., a straight line and a horizontal scanner) can be made. The design, performance, and/or specifications of these scanners are not required. For example, 'these scanners' can be faster and/or have higher resolution than others. More specifically, the - Straight Scanner is available in a horizontal scanner for faster scanning, or vice versa. In some exemplary embodiments, scanners having different velocities, such as galvanometers, may be used to continuously scan in the wrong direction and only occasionally (嶋 ❹ in incrementally in the horizontal direction (or vice versa) In some embodiments, for example, the speed of the scanner may be 1/2 to 另一 of the other portion, but values outside the range are feasible. For example, the stereoscopic, tuned sweeping image may not have as many pixels as the other side ===:= in the direction (for example, the horizontal direction). In some embodiments, for example: The image of the singer can be _χ 512, the other is as large as the material can be resolved or the galvanometer may have compared with the other scanner - the smaller the size of the two-in-one scanner compared to the other Among the examples where the scanner has a lower = degree or a lower resolution, the field speed galvanometer can be used. Therefore, the scanners or ❹ of the two neighbors can be _ type _ level L Chi Jia ((4) expensive) and - Miscellaneous energy 姊 poor (more convenient. Its device or galvanometer can Reduce the overall flow meter of the instrument. In some embodiments: == indicates =, the case mentions - or multiple inspections. J f used to replace the flow detection with a different kind of scanner [〇〇"] Fig. 6B shows an example of the brightness of an A-scan, and #-赫里七$^ contains a shouting intensity (a function of the depth of the position including the octopus and the water-straight position. Therefore, -A;^ Corresponding to different front and rear lateral fineness values. Multiple A-scan formations—= 22 201014571 - Figure 6C shows a B-scan in which the largest part of the bright signal corresponds to the retinal tissue and the sub-retinal ascending region (elevated) Regions correspond to lesions in the eye «diseased tissue. [0078] Referring to FIG. 7A', an enlarged view is taken to depict an embodiment of the body 1"6. The body 106 is provided with a handle 118 for The eyepiece cup is adjusted to conform to the user's interpupillary distance. In the illustrated embodiment, the body 1〇6 includes a left eyepiece cup 712 and a right eyepiece cup 714', wherein the pupil distance adjusting device is mutually 718 are connected to each other. The adjustment device 718 is connected to the handle 118, wherein the handle 118 is used for the user to buckle the handle 118 to adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714, φ to match the pupil distance between the user's eyes or [0079] Referring to FIG. 7A, the user can rotate, turn, or twist the handle usus to adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714 to lie with the user's eyes. The hole distances match or substantially conform to. Alternatively, the handle 118 can be used to move from side to side for the user to adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714. Additionally, the handle 118 can be moved back and forth for the user to adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714. Additionally, the handle 118 can be moved up and down so that the user can adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714. In another embodiment, the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714 can be adjusted and/or controlled via a motor activated by the user. Alternatively, the motor can be controlled by computer system 104 to semi-automatically clamp left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714' to match the pupil distance between the user's eyes. In these cases, a system described herein can include an eye tracking device (eye dev1Ce). In other embodiments, a combination of the foregoing items may be utilized to adjust the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714 to match or substantially conform to the pupil distance between the user's eyes. [0080] A user 114 can adjust the pupil distance based on the user viewing one or more of the one or more displays 215 on the flxati〇n target. For example, it can be sighed, the display 215 and the gaze target's. Therefore, when the pupil distance is appropriate for the user 114, the user will see two aligned images (stain &amp; ), which can form a single, complete image of 23 201014571. The user 114 can adjust (e.g., rotate) the adjustment controller 235 to change the pupil distance based on the image of the gaze target, as shown in Figure 7A. Figures 7B through 7F illustrate an embodiment of the gaze target viewed by the viewer in a variety of situations; however, other gaze targets are also possible, including but not limited to a box shape (b〇x Configuration). Fig. 7B shows a u-shaped target 715a on the display 215a corresponding to the left eye. Fig. 7C shows an inverted u-type gaze on the display 215b corresponding to the right eye. [0081] When the pupil distance has been properly adjusted, the bottom and upper images (the gaze targets 7i5a and 715b) are aligned, as shown in Fig. 7D. 'To form a complete H-shaped gaze target 715. When the pupil distance is too narrow, the gaze target &amp; 7 corresponding to the display 2 of the left eye is displayed to shift to the right, and the 715 of the gaze target 215b corresponding to the right eye is displaced to the left, and the user will see the figure Image shown in 7E. Conversely, when the pupil distance is too wide, the gaze target 715a on the display 215a corresponding to the left eye is displayed to shift to the left, and the gaze target 715b on the display 215b corresponding to the right eye is displayed to be displaced to the right, and the user will see as shown in the figure. Image shown in 7F. Therefore, the pupil distance can be adjusted based on the above image. [0082] Especially in @7D, the shape of the alignment image (the π of the gaze target) is - Η shape. Therefore, when the pupil distance is correctly adjusted, the gaze targets on the left and right sides overlap to form a Η shape. Other alignment images (eyes 715) are also available. _ _3] An embodiment of the computer system, system 1 〇 4, is shown with reference to Fig. 8 '(4). In the illustrated embodiment, the computer system 104 can include a scan control and analysis module (_c〇ntr〇1 - analyse modde) 824 for controlling the scanning program executed by the main body 106 (s-mail operation) ). The computer system 104 can also include a gaze marker control system 822 for displaying a fixation marker that the user can see from the subject 1-6. In some embodiments, the gaze mark is shown as a scorpion, a point, a box, or other shape. The gaze mark can be moved horizontally, staggered, diagonally ((4) plus), - circularly, or in a combination of the above. The gaze marker can quickly change position when the eye changes itself to change position to reposition the beam on the retina. 24 201014571 • Computer system 104 may also include a focus acyust module 820 for automatically adjusting the focus lens in body 106, which will be discussed in detail later. Computer system 104 may also include a z positioning module 818 for automatically adjusting the Z-axis offset discussed herein. [0084] Referring to FIG. 8 'The computer system 1 〇 4 in the illustrated embodiment includes a disease risk assessment / diagnosis module 808 for accessing the disease for determining and assessing the disease. Information, data and algorithms for risk or likelihood, and/or a diagnosis based on data and/or measurements obtained by scanning the user's eyes. In one embodiment, the scan control and analysis module 824 is configured to compare the data received by the Q from the subject 106 with the data stored in the disease risk assessment/diagnosis module 808 to generate a user as described below. A risk assessment and/or diagnosis of a disease in the eye. The computer system 104 can also include an image/scan database for storing images and/or scan results of a plurality of users generated by the main body 106, and storing an individual associated with each image and/or scan. Some identifiers (yjjjque identifier). In some embodiments, the scan control and analysis module 824 compares the historical image and/or scan results of a particular user with the current image and/or scan results of the same user. To detect changes in the user's eyes. In some embodiments, the scan control and analysis module 824 uses the detected Q changes to assist in generating a risk assessment and/or diagnosis of a disease in the user's eye. [0085] In the illustrated embodiment shown in FIG. 8, computer system 110 may include a user/patient database 802 to access patient information, such as user name. , birthday, mailing address, residential address, office address, unique identification number, age, affiliated doctor, phone number, email address, social security code, race, gender, eating habits and related information, lifestyle And/or exercise habit information, corrective lens use, family health history, medical and eye history, preprocedures (priorprocedures) or other similar user information. The computer system 1〇4 can also include a physician referral database for accessing physician information such as physician name, physician training and/or expert/speciality, and medical 25 201014571 division Clinic address, physician phone number and/or email address, physician scheduling availability, physician rating or quality, physician's office time, or other physician information. [0086] Referring to FIG. 8 'computer system 104 may also be a user interface module 805 (which may include, without limitation, the following common input/output (I/O) devices). And interface) for audible verbal command, a voice recognition interface, a keyboard, a toggle, a joystick handle, a switch, a button, a visual display (visual display), touch screen display, etc. or combinations thereof communicate, indicate and/or interact with the user. In some embodiments, the user interface module 805 is used to direct and/or direct the user to use and/or locate the body 106 of the optical coherence tomography system 100. The computer system 1 4 can also include a reporting/output module 806 for generating, outputting, displaying, and/or printing a report (eg, Figures 11A and 11B), including disease risk assessment/diagnosis. Risk assessment and/or diagnosis generated by module 808. In other embodiments, the report includes at least one referral physician to contact the content of the risk assessment. [0087] Referring to FIG. 8, the computer system 1-4 may also include an authentication module 816 for use as an interface with the user card reading system 112, wherein a user may A user identification card is inserted into the user card reading system 112. In some embodiments, the authentication module 816 is configured to authenticate the user by reading the data of the identification card and compare the data stored in the user/patient database 802 and/or Or store information. In some embodiments, the authentication module 816 is for reading or obtaining the user's insurance information from the user identification card via the user card reading system 112. The authentication module 816 can be used to compare the user's insurance premium §fl with the data stored in the insurance database (insurance) 828 to determine whether the user's insurance is accepted or the user's insurance company. Will the cost of scanning the user's eyes be paid. In other embodiments, the authentication module communicates with a billing module 810 to send a message to the manufacturer and/or device manufacturer (4) such as __ The request for payment is performed on the patient's eyes - the cost of the scan. The card can activate a function of the machine or the user to perform a test, for example, to perform a test or receive the output from the machine. In the embodiment, the 'billing module 81' is used to communicate with the user interface module milk to request the side. All or part of the payment (e.g., a common burden (in some embodiments), in some embodiments, the billing module (10) is used to communicate with the maker picking system 112 to obtain the user's credit card, debit card, gift. The card information, or the deduction of the miscellaneous charge, or the billing module (10) is used to receive the user's payment by receiving the communication and/or control-interface device to receive the chip, the coin, and the other. Alternatively, the billing module 81() is used to communicate with the user via Bluetooth 8) or other protocols/channel protocols/channels (m〇wle(4) drink^(4) card (4) 'fresh address, disagreement The provider's line service account mobde network serviee ae_t) asks for a fee (such as the cellular carrier network) to receive payment from the user. _8] References® 8 'user cards can be used by insurers (5) to resist which ones have used this green. In the "Examples", you can scan the risk assessment and / directly print (on the surface of the card) or store (in the magnetic stripe) - the card inserted into the system = card The second will be returned to the user). The system can be used to store multiple scan results, winds, and/or σ ' and/or to clear previous traces, risk assessments, and/or reports prior to storing new information on the magnetic stripe. In some implementations, the calculation of the risk assessment is = performed (eg, scan control and analysis module 824). In some embodiments, the calculated risk assessment is communicated to a central device system (eg, a remote system (10)) at another location, which provides physicians, producers via a webpage. 'Silk. This central ship system (eg, remote system: patient or doctor enters its card card (CardC〇de)' to view the results stored in the centralized database. 27 201014571 [0089] The illustration in Figure 8 In an embodiment, the computer system 104 can include a network interface 812 and a firewall 814 to communicate with other remote systems 110 via a communication medium 108. Other remote systems 11 It may include, but is not limited to, a system for checking the status/accuracy of the optical coherence tomography system; a system for updating the disease risk assessment/diagnosis module (database) 808, underwriting Database 828, physician referral database 8.4 and/or scan control and analysis module 824. In some embodiments, computer system 1-4 can be used to communicate with a remote system 110. The subject 106 performs a preliminary and/or second risk assessment of the data obtained by the user's eye scan. [0090] Referring to Figure 8, the remote system 110 can be implemented remotely (in an immediate, delayed, and/or batch) Way) a wind Evaluating and/or diagnosing and transmitting a risk assessment, diagnosis, and/or reporting to the computer system 104 via a network or communication medium for output to the user using the output device ι 2 . In some embodiments, the output device 102 For displaying a risk assessment, diagnosis and/or report on a web page, which can be printed, emailed, transmitted and/or stored via the computer system 104. The remote system 110 can also be used to communicate via a network and/or The communication medium transmits a risk assessment, diagnosis and/or report to the user (or doctor)'s mobile phone, computer, email account, fax or other. [0091] Please refer to FIG. 9, which shows the use of optical coherence tomography system 1 The method disclosed is to self-administer an optical coherence tomography scan of the user's eye and to obtain a risk assessment or diagnosis of various diseases and conditions. The procedure begins at block 9.1, where the user approaches the optical coherence fault The system 100 is scanned and the system is started by, for example, pressing a button or typing in an activation code or an anonymous identification number. In other embodiments, in block 901, the user interface module 805 instructs the user to first insert an identification card or an anonymously encoded screening card into the user card reading system 112 to activate the system. In block 〇1 The system can also be activated when the user inserts his identification card into the user card reading system 112. Other ways of starting the system are also possible, including but not limited to 'a motion sensor (moti〇n sensor), one A weight sensor, a radio frequency identification (RFID) device, or other 28 201014571 actuators are used to describe the presence of the user. Alternatively, the optical tomography system 100 can activate the beta or the billing mode when the billing module sio 4 detects that the user puts the bills, coins, tokens, etc. into the receiving and receiving interface device. Group 81〇 communicates with a device, the device to obtain the user's credit card information, billing address or other 'or when the user's mobile network service account (such as the mobile phone operator network) asks for the fee The billing module 810 can also be used to activate the optical coherence tomography system trace. [0092] Referring to block 902 of FIG. 9 'user interface module 8〇5 for guiding the user to join the disposable eyepiece cup to the main body 106 Then, the main body 106 having the disposable eyepiece cup is placed near the user's eyes and/or the disposable eyepiece cup is supported by the user's eye socket. The user interface module instructs the user to buckle the handle 118 to adjust The distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714 is matched to the user's pupil distance or substantially the same as the relationship of Figures 7A through 7F. After the user properly aligns and/or adjusts the distance between the body 106 and the pupil, the user inputs or instructs the user interface module 8〇5 to begin scanning. The scan control and analysis module 824 substantially limits the movement of the zero gravity arm or locks its position and/or the distance between the left and right eyepiece cups 712 and 714 to begin scanning. Referring to FIG. 9, in block 906, the x-axis positioning module 818 automatically adjusts the x-axis offset in the body 106 such that optical tonal tomography measurements can be obtained, for example, from tissue in the retina. Module 818 can identify and/or estimate the position of a portion of the sample (e.g., a portion of one eye of a user 114) and adjust the position of one or more optical elements based on the position. Those skilled in the art will appreciate the many ways in which this adjustment can be performed. For example, the 'sleeve positioning module 818 can include a motor, such as a piezoelectric motor, to longitudinally vary one or more reference mirrors such that the optics from the beam splitter to the retina The path length is approximately equal to (within the coherence length) the optical path in the reference arm. Such movement can cause light from the reference arm to interfere with light reflected by an intended portion of the sample, such as the retina. . In block 908, the illustrated method uses focus adjustment module 820 to perform focus adjustment. Cooked, the skilled artisan will also appreciate the different techniques used to perform the above described auto focus correction (autQ_foeus calibration). Block 910 illustrates an optional test performed by computer system 104 to determine the visual function of the user's eyes (visual ^ (10)) and/or acuity. In some embodiments, the visual acuity test is performed or combined with the fixation marker control system 822 and can simultaneously test both eyes or - sub-linings. As a result, the gaze mark appears to be the smallest, and then the size gradually becomes larger until the user indicates that the gaze mark is visible through the user interface module 8〇5. Based on the size of the gaze marker that the user can clearly see, the gaze marker control system 822 can estimate or determine or assess the user's vision (eg, 2〇/2〇, 2〇/4〇, etc.). Referring to Figure 9', in block 912, the user interface module 8〇5 instructs the user to follow the movement of the gaze marker seen by the user on the body 106. In one embodiment, the gaze mark control system 822 is a gaze mark used to display horizontal movement. In the partial embodiment, the horizontal movement of the gaze mark causes the scan control and analysis module 824 to scan the eye in a straight line when the eye moves horizontally, so that it is possible to obtain a two-dimensional, Volume or raster scan. Alternatively, the scan control and analysis module 824 and/or the gaze marker control system can cause the subjective marker or beam to jump or move to obtain measurements of different lateral positions on the eye. [0095] During scanning of the eye, the scan control and analysis module 824 can be used to detect in block 913 whether the position of the body 1〇6 relative to the user has been displaced. In one embodiment, the scan control and analysis module 824 can detect (in real time, substantially instantaneously or delay) based on the value that the scan control and analysis module 824 expects to receive during the scan process. Way) Whether a displacement is generated. For example, when the scan control and analysis module 824 scans the retina, the scan control and analysis module 824 is expected to be in the proximity of the optic nerve when the scanning procedure is performed (eg, based on the location of the gaze marker and/or the scanner) , state), detected a signal change. Alternatively, a line graph (n〇m〇gram) can be used to determine or generate a rhyme value or a pre-flight variable. If the neon does not have a consistent detection of the incarnation optic nerve - the expected signal change and/or no signal change is received, the scan control and analysis module 824 can be used to interpret the data as a user. Correctly pursue. Other features, such as the fovea of the retina, etc., can be used to determine whether the expected signal is observed. If sufficient improper follow-up is generated (eg, based on; threshold), the system (10) may require the user to re-watch for another scan (using the gaze flag control system 822). If the above-mentioned displacement detection procedure does not occur in an immediate or substantially instantaneous manner, then the system can be used to complete the scan, perform data analysis, and during the analysis, the system can be used during the scanning process. Produce - displacement. If the side-to-substance displacement, the user can accept the instruction (by using the user interface module 8〇5 visual, sound, or voice command (verbaling plus Λη)) to sit forward again to perform another time scanning. If the system measures a displacement of 2, 3 or more times, the system can be used to introduce the user to a general ophthalmologist. 〇 [〇〇96] At the end of a scan, the scan control and analysis module 824 can be used to generate a confidence value that represents the feasibility that the nomogram will be applied to the patient. For example, if a patient has a marginal county, his or her beliefs may be lower than a patient with a good gaze. [0097] In an immediate embodiment, the system can be used to perform a fast cross-correlation (cr〇ss_c〇1Teiati〇n) operation between adjacent A-scans or b-scans, with the green eye being slightly moved. In part of the remuneration, the former financial model can have the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) laser safety standard to avoid letting users stare at the same one when laser energy bombards the user's retina. position. Thus, in some embodiments, the system is provided with a feature of laser pause when the system is less than eye movement (e.g., the cross-correlation is above a particular threshold). In some embodiments, to speed up the process and provide real-time analysis in frequency domain optical coherence tomography, the signal data *T is analyzed prior to performing a fast fourier transform (FFT). Other techniques can be employed to determine that the user has certain eye movements. [0098] If the problem of gaze is not detected, the scan control and analysis module 824 completes the scan of the user's eyes, and stores the image and/or broadcast information in the image/scan database 826, and in block 915. The A-scan data is analyzed to generate/determine a risk assessment and/or diagnosis by reading the data and/or algorithms stored in the Disease Risk Assessment/Diagnostic Module (Database) 808 in block 916. . In some embodiments, the A-scan group 31 201014571 can be analyzed. At least one of the B-scanner portion or the full-touch stereo optical shutdown scan data.

[〇⑻9]_H_「舰圖」—詞通常指的是預測工具、演算法 及/或資料集舰®-般可使帛者麟軸舰圖的味結果來 為使用者提供預測。列線圖可由一些例如數百、數千或數百萬呈現 出相同症狀(正常或U病)的使用者/病患所推知(derived)、產生、 推算(calculated)或計算(computed)出來。在部分此處所述的實施 例之中’列線圖基於物理特性(physical characteristic)比較出具有一 疾病的風險。因此’在部分情況之巾,列、_可提供糊於具有相似 疾病特性的病患群體的風險等級(risk抑叩㈣)的個人化預測 (individualizedprediction)。在部分實施例中,列線圖可用以提供以一 0-100%量表計算的驗齡或是驗評估。或者,此處所使用的列線 圖可提供一預期數值,例如在眼睛的某一特定位置的一預期眼睛厚度 值為100微米。 [0100] —般而言,列線圖是已開發並已於廣大病患群體之中所驗證 過的(validated)並具有高度歸納性(jjigjjygeneraiizabie),因此列線 圖可提供客觀(objective )、證據導向(evidence-based )、個人化的風險 預測或評估。因此,列線圖可如此處所述地使用,以對病患授權[〇(8)9]_H_“Ship Map”—The term usually refers to predictive tools, algorithms, and/or datasets that generally provide a predictor of the taste of the leader. The nomogram can be derived, generated, calculated, or computed by some, for example, hundreds, thousands, or millions of users/patients presenting the same symptoms (normal or U disease). In some of the embodiments described herein, the nomogram compares the risk of having a disease based on physical characteristics. Therefore, in some cases, the list, _ can provide an individualized prediction of the risk level (risk suppression (4)) of a patient group with similar disease characteristics. In some embodiments, the nomogram can be used to provide a test or assessment based on a 0-100% scale. Alternatively, the nomogram used herein can provide an expected value, such as an expected eye thickness value at a particular location on the eye of 100 microns. [0100] In general, nomograms have been developed and validated among the broad patient population and are highly inductive (jjigjjygeneraiizabie), so the nomogram can provide objective, Evidence-based, personalized risk prediction or assessment. Therefore, the nomogram can be used as described here to authorize patients

(empower),並且使他們更加了解他們的疾病。再者,此處所使用的 列線圖可協助醫師進行臨床決策(C1 jujcg] decision-making),並提供一 致、標準及可靠的(reliable)預測。 [0101] 在圖9所示的圖示方法中的方塊917中,藉由讀取疾病風險 汗估/診斷模組(資料庫)808為使用者產生一眼睛健康評估或眼睛健 康等級報告’如圖10A及10B所示。在方塊918中,讀取醫師轉介資 料庫804 ’以產生使用者何時需就醫(visitaphysician)(例如在一至二 週内)的一建議(recommendation)。亦可讀取醫師轉介資料庫804以 產生、彙整(compile)適合治療此病患的一醫師清單。醫師轉介清單 可為隨機產生或是基於由醫師、保險公司所支付的轉介佣金(referral 32 201014571 . fee Parent)作選擇,或是基於醫師所在地點相對於使用者目 或辨公室/住家地址作選擇,或基於所偵測出的疾病作選擇,或置 • 所侧出的疾病嚴重程度(sev_)作選擇,基於 在地點的位置或鄰近程度(proximity)作選擇,或是基於上述組人 在方塊919中,報告藉由使用報告/輸出模組8〇6及輪出裝置 給使用者。在某些實侧之巾,報告龍齡於伽者續患㈣庫: 中’以便進行後續分析(fiiture analysis)或是與未來的掃描進行比對分 析(comparative analysis ) 〇 [0102] 在部分實施例之中’主體106並非由使用者114所支撑。舉 ❹ 例而言,主體106可由一獨立式的(free-standing)結構所支撑,如圖 10A所示。使用者114可朝向接目鏡内觀看。使用者114可坐在一座 位裝置(seating apparatus)之上,其可包括一高度調整機構 (height-adjusting mechanism )。主體 106 可由一高度調整支架 (height-adjustable support)所支樓。 [0103] 在部分實施例之中,如圖10B至1〇c所示,一帶子(血叩) 議5連接到主趙1〇6。帶子可用以全部或部分支撐主體1〇6,如圖i〇b 所示。在部分實施例之中可不包含帶子1〇〇5。主體1〇6可由使用者手 持。在部分實施例之中’主體106可支撐於眼鏡框(eyewear frame) Θ 上。在部分實施例中,所有的光學器材皆容納於由使用者114所直接 或間接支攆的主體106之中。舉例而言,圖1〇Β中的主體1〇6可包括 一光學同調斷層掃描系統、一對位系統、及一資料取得裝置。資料取 得裝置可將資料無線地傳送到一網路或是電腦系統,或可使用一纜線 以傳輪控制訊號。圖10C與圖1相似,並且是由一獨立支撐結構 (separate support structure)(例如一零重力臂)所支撐。在部分實施例 之中,帶子、皮帶(belt)及其他緊固件(fastener)協助主體1〇6與使 • 用者114的一或兩隻眼睛進行對位β . [0104]在部分實施例之中,如圖10D所示,使用者配戴連接到接目 鏡的一物件(object) 1010。可戴式(wearabie)物件可包括一頭 33 201014571 戴式(head-mounted)物件、一帽子或是可置於一使用者頭上的—物件。 如同上述,在部分實施例之中,主體106是由使用者所配戴的像是眼 · 鏡(glasses)的一眼鏡框所支撐。可戴式物件1010可全部或是部分支 · 撐主體106 ’及/或可協助主體106與使用者114 一或兩隻眼晴進行 位。 ' [0105] 參照圖11A及圖11B,其繪示出眼睛健康等級以及眼睛健康 評估報告的二種例示實施例。參照圖11A,眼睛健康等級報告可包含 而不限於使用者每一隻眼睛的各種眼睛健康類別(categ〇ry)的—數字 及/或字母等級,包含但不限於黃斑部(macular)健康情形、視神經健 康情形、眼睛清澈度(eye clarity)等等。眼睛健康等級報告也可包含 在一特定時間内就醫或諮詢一醫師的至少一建議,並可提供至少—可 參 能聯繫的醫師。用以產生建議資訊及轉介醫師清單的資料是儲存於醫 師轉介資料庫804。參照圖11B,眼睛健康評估報告可包含代表使用者 每隻眼睛的各種眼睛健康類別的一代表圖(gjapjjjcd represen姐i〇n)。 報告可以呈現在一電子顯示器上、列印於紙上、列印於使用者所插入 於機器的一卡片上、電子化儲存於使用者的識別卡上、電子郵寄給使 用者或是以上述組合呈現給使用者。 [0106] 參照圖12,其繪示出連接到遠端系統11〇及帳單/保險報告 及付款系統(billing / insurance reporting and payment system ) 1201 的電 ❹ 腦系統104之另一實施例。帳單模組81〇可用以藉由通訊媒介1〇8與 帳單/保險報告及付款系統1201進行通訊,以請求或處理對使用者眼睛 進行一掃描的一保險索賠(insurance claim)。基於與帳單/保險報告及 付款系統1201進行通訊,帳單模組81〇亦可用以決定使用者的保險公 司可支付或涵蓋的金額,及/或計算或決定將對消費者索取費用的共同 負擔金額。在某些實施例之中,使用者可以與使用者介面模組8〇5互 動,以預定與其中一名推薦醫師的一預約(appointment),及/或預定發 - 送諮詢一醫師的一提示(reminder)給使用者。電腦系統1〇4或是一遠 端系統110可用以藉由電子郵件、文字訊息、一般信件、自動電話訊 34 201014571 息等方式將此提示發送給使用者。 計算系統 [0107]在部分實施例中’上述的系統、電腦用戶端(c〇mputerdient) 及/或伺服器以圖13中所顯示的一計算系統13〇〇的形式表示,其為經 由一或多個網路1310與一或多部計算系統13〇〇及/或一或多部資料來 源(data source) 1319進行通訊的一計算系統(其可為一固定系統或是 行動裝置)的-實施例的-方塊圖。計算系統13⑻可用以達成此處所 述之一或多種系統及方法。此外,在一實施例之中,計算系統13〇〇可 ❹ 帛以處理影像槽案。雖然圖13繪示出-計算系統1300的-實施例, 但吾人應可了_為計算^統13G()的元件及模組中所提供的功能 (fimctionality)可由較少的元件及模組組合而成,或者可進一步分散 至其他元件及模組中。 _用戶端/飼服器樺細 ❹ [〇刚在-實施例之中,系統簡包含一影像處理及分析模组 (image pm晴ng and __ m〇dule) 13〇6,其實行(啊。⑷此 處所述的雜、紐鐵餅。雜歧及讀馳屬讀由如下 (eentralPrceeSSlM,CPU) ,於計算系統 計算系統亓 部於= 在算一/署施例中’以上所揭露的程序、系統及方法可部分或全 能可包含-或多個元件及/或模組。舉例而== 35 201014571 以便可實施於一伺服器陣列中。 [0110] —般而言,此處所用的「模組」一詞指的是以硬體(hardware) 或韌體(firmware)方式所實施的邏輯運算,或是大量的軟體指令,其 可具有進入及退出點’由一程式語言(programminglanguage)所撰寫, 例如Java、C或C++等等。一軟體模組可被編譯及連結至一可執行程 式(executableprogram)中,安裝於動態鏈結庫(dynamiclinklibrary) 中’或是可以以一直譯式程式語言(interpreted programming language) 撰寫,例如BASIC、Perl、Lua、或Python。吾人將可體會出軟體模組 可由其他模組或自行呼叫出,及/或可被觸發(Evoked )以回應 (response)所偵測到的事件(event)或是中斷(intemipt)。軟體指令 可被嵌入於韌體之中,例如一可抹除可程式唯讀記憶體(erasable programmable read only memory, EPROM)。再者,吾人將可進一步體會 出硬體模組可由連結邏輯單元(connected logic unit)所組成,例如閘 道(gate)及正反器(flip-flop) ’及/或由可程式單元,例如可程式閘陣 列(programmable gate array)或處理器’所組成。此處所述的模組較 佳的實施方式為軟體模組,但是亦可以硬體或是韌體方式呈現。一般 而s ’此處所述的模組指的是邏輯模組(logicalmodule)’其可與其他 模組結合或疋为割為子模組’而不論其物理組成或是儲存量(st〇rage)。 [0111] 在一實施例中’計算系統1300亦可包含適合控制及/或與大 型資料庫進行通訊、執行大量交易處理及自大型資料庫產生報告的一 大型電腦(mainframe computer)。計算系統1300也包含一中央處理器 1304 ’其可包含一微處理器(microprocessor)。計算系統1300更包含 一 §己憶體13〇5 ’例如隨機存取記憶體(random access memory, RAM) 以暫時儲存資訊及/或一唯讀記憶艘(reac[-〇niymemory,rom)以永久 儲存資訊’以及一大容量儲存裝置1301 ’例如一硬碟(harddrive)、軟 碟(diskette)或光媒體儲存裝置(optical media storage device)。在典 型的情形之中’計算系統1300的模組是藉由一標準匯流排系統 (standards based bus system)連接至電腦。在不同的實施例之中,標 201014571 • 準匯/;IL排系統例如可為週邊組件互連(peripheral component(empower) and make them more aware of their disease. Furthermore, the nomogram used here can assist physicians in making clinical decisions (C1 jujcg) decision-making and provide consistent, standard, and reliable predictions. [0101] In block 917 of the illustrated method illustrated in FIG. 9, an eye health assessment or eye health rating report is generated for the user by reading a disease risk sweat/diagnosis module (database) 808. 10A and 10B are shown. In block 918, the physician referral repository 804' is read to generate a recommendation for when the user needs to be medically (e.g., within one to two weeks). The physician referral database 804 can also be read to generate and compile a list of physicians suitable for treating the patient. The physician referral list can be randomly generated or based on a referral fee paid by a physician or insurance company (referral 32 201014571 . fee Parent), or based on the location of the physician relative to the user or the office/home The address is selected, or based on the detected disease, or the severity of the disease (sev_) is selected, based on the location or proximity of the location, or based on the above group The person in block 919 reports to the user by using the report/output module 8〇6 and the wheeling device. In some real-side tissues, the report is based on the continuation of the gamma (4) library: in 'for subsequent analysis or for comparative analysis with future scans 〇 [0102] in partial implementation In the example, the body 106 is not supported by the user 114. For example, body 106 can be supported by a free-standing structure, as shown in Figure 10A. The user 114 can view it toward the eyepiece. The user 114 can sit on a seating apparatus, which can include a height-adjusting mechanism. The body 106 can be supported by a height-adjustable support. [0103] In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 10B to 1〇c, a tape (blood) is connected to the main camera 1〇6. The strap can be used to support the body 1〇6 in whole or in part, as shown in Figure i〇b. The band 1〇〇5 may not be included in some embodiments. The main body 1〇6 can be held by the user. In some embodiments, the body 106 can be supported on an eyewear frame. In some embodiments, all of the optical devices are housed in a body 106 that is directly or indirectly supported by the user 114. For example, the body 1〇6 in FIG. 1A may include an optical coherence tomography system, a pair of bit systems, and a data acquisition device. The data acquisition device can wirelessly transmit the data to a network or computer system, or can use a cable to transmit control signals. Figure 10C is similar to Figure 1 and is supported by a separate support structure (e.g., a zero gravity arm). In some embodiments, straps, belts, and other fasteners assist the body 1〇6 in aligning with one or both of the eyes of the user 114. [0104] In some embodiments In the case shown in FIG. 10D, the user wears an object 1010 connected to the eyepiece. A wearabie article can include a head 33 201014571 a head-mounted item, a hat or an item that can be placed on a user's head. As described above, in some embodiments, the body 106 is supported by a frame of glasses such as an eyeglass worn by a user. The wearable article 1010 can support all or part of the support body 106' and/or assist the body 106 with the user 114 in one or both of the eyes. [0105] Referring to Figures 11A and 11B, two exemplary embodiments of eye health ratings and eye health assessment reports are illustrated. Referring to FIG. 11A, the eye health rating report may include, without limitation, the number of various eye health categories (categ〇ry) of each eye of the user, including, but not limited to, macular health conditions, Optic nerve health, eye clarity, etc. The eye health rating report may also include at least one recommendation to seek medical advice or consult a physician at a particular time, and may provide at least one physician who can be contacted. The information used to generate the recommendation information and refer to the physician's list is stored in the physician referral database 804. Referring to Fig. 11B, the eye health assessment report may include a representative map of various eye health categories representing each eye of the user (gjapjjjcd represen sister i〇n). The report can be presented on an electronic display, printed on paper, printed on a card inserted by the user into the machine, electronically stored on the user's identification card, electronically mailed to the user, or presented in the above combination To the user. Referring to FIG. 12, another embodiment of an electronic brain system 104 coupled to a remote system 11 and a billing/insurance reporting and payment system 1201 is illustrated. The billing module 81 can be used to communicate with the billing/insurance reporting and payment system 1201 via the communication medium 108 to request or process an insurance claim for scanning the user's eyes. Based on communication with the billing/insurance report and payment system 1201, the billing module 81 can also be used to determine the amount that the user's insurance company can pay or cover, and/or to calculate or decide to share the fee with the consumer. The amount of the burden. In some embodiments, the user can interact with the user interface module 8〇5 to schedule an appointment with one of the recommended physicians, and/or to schedule a notification to a physician. (reminder) to the user. The computer system 1〇4 or a remote system 110 can be used to send the prompt to the user by means of email, text message, general mail, automatic telephone message, etc. Computing System [0107] In some embodiments, the above-described system, computer client (c〇mputerdient) and/or server are represented in the form of a computing system 13A shown in Figure 13, which is via one or Implementation of a computing system (which may be a fixed system or a mobile device) in which multiple networks 1310 communicate with one or more computing systems 13 and/or one or more data sources 1319 Example - block diagram. Computing system 13 (8) can be used to achieve one or more of the systems and methods described herein. Moreover, in one embodiment, the computing system 13 can handle the image slot. Although FIG. 13 illustrates an embodiment of the computing system 1300, it is contemplated that the functions and components provided in the components and modules of the computing system 13G() may be combined by fewer components and modules. Or can be further dispersed into other components and modules. _User/feeding device 桦细❹ [〇 just in the example, the system contains an image processing and analysis module (image pm ng and __ m〇dule) 13〇6, its implementation (ah. (4) The miscellaneous and neon cakes described herein. The miscellaneous and the readings are read as follows (eentralPrceeSSlM, CPU), in the calculation system system, in the calculation system, in the calculation of the system, The system and method may partially or fully include - or multiple components and/or modules. For example, == 35 201014571 so that it can be implemented in a server array. [0110] In general, the "mode" used herein The term "group" refers to a logical operation implemented in hardware or firmware, or a large number of software instructions that can have entry and exit points written by a programming language. For example, Java, C or C++, etc. A software module can be compiled and linked into an executable program, installed in a dynamic link library (either in a dynamic link library) or in a continuous translation language ( Interposed programming language) For example, BASIC, Perl, Lua, or Python. We will appreciate that the software module can be called out by other modules or by itself, and/or can be triggered (Evoked) to respond to the detected event (event ) or interrupt (intemipt). Software instructions can be embedded in the firmware, such as an erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM). Furthermore, we will be able to further understand the hard The body module may be composed of a connected logic unit, such as a gate and a flip-flop, and/or a programmable unit, such as a programmable gate array or The processor is composed of. The preferred embodiment of the module described herein is a software module, but can also be presented in a hardware or firmware manner. Generally, the module described herein refers to logic. A logical module 'which can be combined with other modules or cut into sub-modules' regardless of its physical composition or storage (st〇rage). [0111] In an embodiment, the computing system 1300 Can include suitable controls and / Communicate with large databases, perform a number of large-scale transaction processing and database from a large computer generated reports (mainframe computer). Computing system 1300 also includes a central processing unit 1304' which can include a microprocessor. The computing system 1300 further includes a DDR memory, such as a random access memory (RAM), for temporarily storing information and/or a read-only memory (reac[-〇niymemory, rom) for permanent The storage information 'and the mass storage device 1301' are, for example, a hard drive, a diskette, or an optical media storage device. In the typical case, the modules of the computing system 1300 are connected to the computer by a standards based bus system. Among different embodiments, the standard 201014571 • the quasi-sink/; IL platoon system can be, for example, a peripheral component interconnect (peripheral component

interconnect,PCI)、微通道、小型電腦系統介面(smaH ' comPuter system hterface,SCSI)、工業標準架構(industry standard architecture,ISA)以及擴充型工業標準架構(extendedindustrystandard architecture, EISA)架構。 [0112]例示的計算系統1300包含一或多個常見的輸入/輸出(j/〇) 裝置及介面1303,例如一鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控板(t〇uchpad)以及印表 機。在一實施例中,輸入/輸出裝置及介面13〇3包含一或多個顯示裝 置、例如一勞幕,其可對一使用者以視覺圖像呈 0 現出資料。更加明確地說’一顯示裝置為例如圖形使用者介面(graphicalInterconnect, PCI), microchannel, smaH 'comPuter system hterface (SCSI), industry standard architecture (ISA), and extended industry standard architecture (ESA) architecture. [0112] The illustrated computing system 1300 includes one or more conventional input/output (j/〇) devices and interfaces 1303, such as a keyboard, mouse, trackpad, and printer. In one embodiment, the input/output device and interface 13A include one or more display devices, such as a screen, which can present a visual image to a user. More specifically, a display device is, for example, a graphical user interface (graphical

UserinterfaCe,GUI)、應用軟體資料(applicati〇ns〇ftwaredata)以及多 媒體呈現(multimedia presentation)的展示作準備。在圖π的實施例 之中,輸入/輸出裝置及介面1303也對許多外部裝置提供一通訊介面 (communications interface )。計算系統1300也可包含例如一或多個多 媒體裝置(multimedia device) 1302 ’例如揚聲器(speaker)、顯示卡 (video card )、圖形加速器(graphics accelerator )以及麥克風 (microphone) ° ❹ 計算系統裝置/作業系統(operating system, OS) [0113]計算系統1300可於多種計算裝置上運作,例如一飼服器、 一 Windows 祠服器、一結構化査詢語言(structured qUery language,sql ) 飼服器、一 Unix祠服器、一個人電腦(personal computer, PC)、一大 型電腦、一膝上型電腦(laptopcomputer)、一行動電話(cellphone)、 一個人數位助理(personal digital assistant, PDA)、一資訊站(kiosk)、 一音頻播放器(audioplayer)等等。計算系統1300 —般而言由作業系 統軟體所控制及統整(coordinated),例如 z/OS、Windows 95、Windows 98、Windows NT、Windows 2000、Windows XP' Windows Vista、Linux、 BSD、SunOS、Solaris或是其他相容的(compatible)作業系統。在麥 37 201014571UserinterfaCe, GUI), application software data (applicati〇ns〇ftwaredata) and presentation of multimedia presentation (multimedia presentation). In the embodiment of Figure π, the input/output devices and interface 1303 also provide a communication interface to a number of external devices. Computing system 1300 can also include, for example, one or more multimedia devices 1302 'eg, a speaker, a video card, a graphics accelerator, and a microphone. ❹ Computing system device/job Operating system (OS) [0113] The computing system 1300 can operate on a variety of computing devices, such as a feeding device, a Windows server, a structured qUery language (sql) feeding device, and a Unix server, personal computer (PC), a large computer, a laptop computer, a cell phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a kiosk ), an audio player (audioplayer) and so on. Computing system 1300 is generally controlled and coordinated by operating system software, such as z/OS, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP 'Windows Vista, Linux, BSD, SunOS, Solaris. Or other compatible operating systems. In the wheat 37 201014571

也所,制。一般的作業系統控制並預定電腦執行 、提供樓案系統、網路以及輸入/輸出服務,以 例如一圖形使用者介面或其他事務。 (proprietaiy)作業系統所控制。一Also, system. A typical operating system controls and schedules computer execution, providing a building system, network, and input/output services, such as a graphical user interface or other transaction. (proprietaiy) controlled by the operating system. One

β [0114]在圖13的實施例之中,計算系統13〇〇例如經由有線、無線 或疋有線及無線的結合、通訊線路⑽1址)⑶5連接至 網路1310例如使用簡易老式電話業務(ρ}血必teieph〇ne纪加從,⑩ POTS)/A 用父換電話網路(puWic netwQrk pSTN&gt;、 整。服務數位網路serv^ces出netw〇i^ isdn)、光纖分 散式資料介面(fiber distributed data interface, FDDI)、區域網路(l〇cai area network, LAN)、廣域網路(〜如netw〇rk,WAN)或是網際網 路(Internet)的一數據機系統(m〇(jem SyStem)。網路mo與各種計 算裝置及/或其他電子裝置藉由有線或無線通訊線路進行通訊(例如為 持續性、間歇性或是週期性)。在圖13的例示實施例之中,網路131〇 與一或多部遠端系統1317及/或一或多部資料來源1319進行通訊。 [0115] 可經由一網路驅動使用者存取點(web_enabie(j user access 〇 point),例如遠端系統1317或是資料來源1319的個人電腦、行動電話、 膝上型電腦或是其他可連接至網路131〇的裝置,透過遠端系統1317 及/或資料來源1319進入計算系統1300的影像處理及分析模組1306。 這樣的裝置可具有一劉覽器模組(browser module),其可實施為使用 文字、圖片、聲音、影像或其他媒介以經由網路131〇呈現資料並可能 與資料互動的一模組。 [0116] 瀏覽器模組或是其他輸出模組可實施為一全點可定址顯示 器(all points addressable display)的一組合,其例如是一陰極射線管 38 201014571 (cathode-ray tube,CRT)、一液晶顯示器(liqyjd cryStai 出啦砂,lcd)、 一電漿顯示器(plasma display)或是其他種類及/或顯示器的組合。此 - 外,瀏覽器模組或其他輸出模組可實施為與輸入/輸出裝置及介面1303 進行通訊,並亦可包含具有合適介面的軟體,其介面使得一使用者經 由使用程式化螢幕元件(stylized screen element),例如選單(menu)、 視窗(window)、對話方塊(dialog box)、工具列(t00lbar)以及控制 項(例如選擇鈕(radio button)、核取方塊(check box)、滑動尺標(sliding scale)等等)以讀取資料。再者’瀏覽器模组或其他輸出模組可與一 組輸入及輸出裝置進行通訊’以接收來自使用者的訊號。 [0117]輸入裝置可包含一鍵盤、滾輪(r〇iler滅)、觸控筆(pen㈣ stylus)、滑鼠、軌跡球(trackball)、聲音辨識系統(voice rec〇gniti(m system)或是預先設計的開關或是按鈕(pre-designated switches 〇r buttons)。輸出裝置可包含一揚聲器、一顯示螢幕、一印表機一或是語 音合成器(voice synthesizer)。此外,一觸控螢幕(t〇uchscreen)可作 為一混合的(hybrid)輸入/輸出裝置。在另一實施例之中,一使用者可 與系統更直接地互動,例如經由連接至評分產生器(sc〇re generat〇r)[0114] In the embodiment of FIG. 13, the computing system 13 is connected to the network 1310, for example, via a wired, wireless or wireless wired and wireless connection, a communication line (10) address (3) 5, for example, using a plain old telephone service (p }血必 teieph〇ne 纪加从, 10 POTS) / A with the father to change the telephone network (puWic netwQrk pSTN>, the whole. Service digital network serv^ces out netw〇i^ isdn), fiber-optic distributed data interface ( Fiber distributed data interface (FDDI), regional network (L〇cai area network, LAN), wide area network (such as netw〇rk, WAN) or the Internet (Internet) of a data system (m〇 (jem SyStem) The network mo communicates with various computing devices and/or other electronic devices via wired or wireless communication lines (eg, persistent, intermittent, or periodic). In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. The router 131 communicates with one or more remote systems 1317 and/or one or more data sources 1319. [0115] A user access point (web_enabie (j user access 〇point) can be driven via a network, for example Remote system 1317 or data source 1319 A personal computer, mobile phone, laptop or other device connectable to the network 131 is accessed through the remote system 1317 and/or data source 1319 into the image processing and analysis module 1306 of the computing system 1300. Such a device There may be a browser module that can be implemented as a module that uses text, pictures, sound, images, or other medium to present data and possibly interact with the data via the network 131. [0116] The module or other output module can be implemented as a combination of an all points addressable display, such as a cathode ray tube 38 201014571 (cathode-ray tube, CRT), a liquid crystal display ( Liqyjd cryStai, a lcd, a plasma display or a combination of other types and/or displays. In addition, a browser module or other output module can be implemented as an input/output device and The interface 1303 communicates, and may also include a software having a suitable interface, such that a user uses a stylized screen element, Such as menu, window, dialog box, tool bar (t00lbar) and control items (such as radio button, check box, sliding scale) Etc.) to read the data. Furthermore, the 'browser module or other output module can communicate with a set of input and output devices' to receive signals from the user. [0117] The input device may include a keyboard, a scroll wheel, a pen (four) stylus, a mouse, a trackball, a voice recognition system (voice rec〇gniti (m system) or a pre- Designed switches or buttons (pre-designated switches 〇r buttons). The output device can include a speaker, a display screen, a printer or a voice synthesizer. In addition, a touch screen (t 〇uchscreen) can be used as a hybrid input/output device. In another embodiment, a user can interact more directly with the system, for example via a connection to a scoring generator (sc〇re generat〇r)

的一系統終端機(system terminal),而不經由網際網路、WAN或LAN 或類似的網路進行通訊。 级 [0118]在部分實施例之中,計算系統13〇〇可包含建立於一遠端微 處理器及一大型主機電腦之間的一物理或邏輯連結,以即時方式進行 快速地上傳、下載或是線上檢視互動資料及資料庫。遠端微處理器可 經由一實體(entity)來操作計算系統1300,包含客戶端伺服器系統 (client server system)或主伺服器系統(mainserversystem),而被操 作,及/或經由一或多部資料來源1319及/或一或多部計算系統而被操 作。在部分實施例中,可於微處理器上使用終端機模擬軟體(tenninal emulation software)以參與微型-大型電腦連結(micr〇_mainframe link)。 [0119]在部分實施例之中,位於操作計算系統13〇〇的一實體内部 的遠端系統1317可内部讀取影像處理及分析模組13〇6,如同由中央處 39 201014571 理器·所運作的一應用程式(applicati〇n)或是程序。 使用者存取點 [0120j在-實施例之中,—使用者存取點包含一個人電腦、膝上型 電腦⑽電話、—全球定位系統(global pGsitiGning system, GPS )、 -黑每(Blackbeny®)裝置、—可攜式計算裝置(p〇_e c〇mputing device )伺服器、一電腦工作站(computer workstation )、#|別電腦 (individual c〇mputer)的一區域網路、一互動式資訊站、一個人數位 助理、-互動式無線通訊裝置、—手持式電腦一嵌人式計算裝置等 其他系統 [0121]除了圖13所述的系統之外,網路131〇可與其他資料來源或 疋其他§十算裝置進行通訊。計算系統也可包含一或多個内部及/ 或外部資料來源。在部分實施例之中,一或多個資料儲存區(data repository)或是其他資料來源可實施為使用一關聯式資料庫a— database) ’ 例如 DB2、Sybase、Oracle、CodeBase 及微軟(Microsoft®) SQL Server以及其他類型的資料庫,例如一平面檔案資料庫(flat file database)、一實體關係資料庫(entity-reiationsjjjp database)以及物件 導向資料庫(object-oriented database )及/或以記錄為主的資料庫 (record-based database )。 [0122]參照圖14A’其繪示出一例示方法用以決定或產生一疾病, 例如一眼疾,的一風險評估,以藉此而可產生一健康等級及建議就醫 時間。圖14A所示的例子是代表視網膜疾病,然而,所揭露的程序及 方法亦可用於其他疾病或眼疾。在此例子之中,掃描控制及分析模組 824是用以基於由主體106所推知的A掃描資料,以決定視網膜厚度。 此資料可包括但不限於來自於不同A掃描的A掃描資料。掃描控制及 40 201014571 • 〃 5^模,组824 '亦可用以讀取疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)808中 的資料及演算法,以圖14A所揭露出的函數曲線基於所測量到的_ ' 膜f度計算出視網琪疾病的風險評估。報告/輸出模組8〇6可用以將所 計算出的風險評估鋪準化為一眼睛健康字母(eyehealthletter)或數 字等級或分數。報告/輸出模組8〇6也可用以讀取醫師轉介資料庫8〇4 中的資料及演算法’以基於所計算出的風險評估值來計算出—建議 醫時間。 ^ [〇123]參照® 1犯’其繚示出另一例示方法或程序以藉由將掃描資 料與疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)8G8作比較,以決定或產生疾 φ 病?一風1^評估’疾病風險評估/診斷模組m包含例如最小及最大厚 度資料及演算法,社賴最小及最大厚度資料及演算法可基於或是 為列線圖的形式。在某些實施例之中,此祕是用以產生已掃描部分 的眼睛的掃描資料’以決定視網膜在任意—點的厚度,並且將上述資 料與直方® (histogram)及/賴、_作比較(例如可賴示出在上述 位置的預期厚度或是疾病的一給定厚度的列線圖)以推知一風險評 估。此系統也可用以產生已掃描的全部視網臈的一平均厚度,並且將 上述資料與直方圖及/或列線圖作比較,以推知一風險評估。 [0124]此處所用的「直方圖」一詞一般指的是一特定變數,例如視 ❹ ,網膜厚度,的一演算法、曲線、資料或其他頻率分布的表現方式。在 部分情況之令,此變數被區分為多個範圍、級距(interyalclass)及/或 -圖上的點(沿著X軸)’其發生頻率是以一長方柱或是點的位置來表 示;方柱及/或沿著γ轴的點的高度與觀察在範圍或區間内所指出的頻 率成正比或者是其他。此處所指的「直方圖」可包含,例如自掃描一 使用者的眼睛,所得到的已測量到的資料,或者可包含自一群人所得 到的資料。可分析前一種情況的直方圖以決定平均、最小或最大值, • 以及分析斜率改變或者偵測直方圖曲線的形狀或是曲率(curvatures)。 後一種情況的直方圖可用以決定在一調查樣本之令的一測量值的觀察 頻率。 41 201014571 [0125]在一平均厚度值是由掃描資料所推知的例子之中,有部分的 症狀/疾病可由視網膜的一局部區域(localized area)增厚來代表。因此 上述情況可能不會顯著地影響平均厚度值(例如假若視網膜的一= 部分為正常厚度)。因此,可能需要最大厚度值以偵測出視網膜的異常 增厚。在部分實施例之中,最大厚度值可以是由於一錯誤的切片 (segmentationerror)所造成的。因此,決定最大值的—較穩定方法亦 可為使用對應最大厚度的95% ’(或是在75%及95%之間的任意值)。' 前述方式運用於最小視網膜厚度或是眼睛中任意的其他值、^量及/ 或可偵測情況。舉例而言,以最小的視網膜厚度為例,假若使用者具 有一黃斑部裂孔(macularhole)’將僅僅會有一小區域的厚度為零而 且可能不足以顯著地減少平均厚度,但顯然會是可彳貞測到的二異常情 形(abnormality )。A system terminal that communicates over the Internet, WAN or LAN or similar network. [0118] In some embodiments, the computing system 13 can include a physical or logical link established between a remote microprocessor and a mainframe computer for rapid uploading, downloading, or It is an online viewing of interactive materials and databases. The remote microprocessor can operate the computing system 1300 via an entity, including a client server system or a main server system, and is operated, and/or via one or more Data source 1319 and/or one or more computing systems are operated. In some embodiments, a tenninal emulation software can be used on a microprocessor to participate in a micro-large computer link (micr〇_mainframe link). [0119] In some embodiments, the remote system 1317 located inside an entity operating the computing system 13A can internally read the image processing and analysis module 13〇6 as if it were from the central office 39 201014571 An application (applicati〇n) or program that works. User access point [0120j in the embodiment - user access point includes a personal computer, laptop (10) phone, global pGsitiGning system (GPS), - Blackbeny® Device, a portable computing device (p〇_ec〇mputing device) server, a computer workstation, a regional network of an individual c〇mputer, an interactive kiosk, A number of assistants, interactive wireless communication devices, handheld computers, embedded computing devices, and other systems [0121] In addition to the system described in Figure 13, the network 131 can be used with other sources or other § The ten counting device communicates. The computing system can also include one or more internal and/or external sources of data. In some embodiments, one or more data repositories or other sources may be implemented using a relational database a-database) 'eg DB2, Sybase, Oracle, CodeBase, and Microsoft (Microsoft®) SQL Server and other types of databases, such as a flat file database, an entity-reiationsjjjp database, and an object-oriented database and/or records as The main database (record-based database). [0122] Referring to Figure 14A', an exemplary method for determining or generating a disease, such as an eye condition, is assessed to generate a health level and a suggested medical time. The example shown in Fig. 14A is representative of retinal diseases, however, the disclosed procedures and methods can also be applied to other diseases or eye diseases. In this example, scan control and analysis module 824 is used to determine retinal thickness based on A-scan data inferred by subject 106. This information may include, but is not limited to, A-scan data from different A-scans. Scan Control and 40 201014571 • 〃 5^ mode, group 824 ' can also be used to read the data and algorithms in the disease risk assessment/diagnosis module (database) 808, based on the function curve revealed in Figure 14A. The _ 'membrane f degree is calculated to estimate the risk of the disease. The report/output module 8〇6 can be used to normalize the calculated risk assessment to an eye health letter or a digital grade or score. The report/output module 8〇6 can also be used to read the data and algorithm 'in the physician referral database 8〇4 to calculate the recommended time based on the calculated risk estimate value. ^ [〇123] Refer to ® 1 to make 'another example of a method or procedure to determine or cause a disease by comparing the scanned data with the disease risk assessment/diagnostic module (database) 8G8? The wind disease assessment ^ disease risk assessment / diagnostic module m contains, for example, minimum and maximum thickness data and algorithms, and the minimum and maximum thickness data and algorithms can be based on or in the form of a nomogram. In some embodiments, the secret is to generate scan data of the scanned portion of the eye to determine the thickness of the retina at any point, and compare the above information to histogram and/or _ (For example, a line graph showing the expected thickness at the above location or a given thickness of the disease) to infer a risk assessment. The system can also be used to generate an average thickness of all scanned webs and compare the above data to a histogram and/or nomogram to infer a risk assessment. [0124] The term "histogram" as used herein generally refers to a particular variable, such as a representation of an algorithm, curve, data, or other frequency distribution. In some cases, this variable is divided into multiple ranges, interyal classes, and/or - points on the graph (along the X axis). The frequency of occurrence is a rectangular column or the position of a point. Representation; the height of the square column and/or the point along the gamma axis is proportional to the frequency indicated by the observation within the range or interval or otherwise. A "histogram" as referred to herein may include, for example, self-scanning a user's eyes, resulting information obtained, or may include information obtained from a group of people. You can analyze the histogram of the former case to determine the average, minimum or maximum value, and • analyze the slope change or detect the shape or curvature of the histogram curve. The histogram of the latter case can be used to determine the frequency of observation of a measured value of a survey sample. 41 201014571 [0125] Among the examples in which the average thickness value is inferred from the scanning data, some of the symptoms/diseases may be represented by thickening of a localized area of the retina. Therefore, the above situation may not significantly affect the average thickness value (for example, if one part of the retina is a normal thickness). Therefore, a maximum thickness value may be required to detect abnormal thickening of the retina. In some embodiments, the maximum thickness value may be due to a false segmentation error. Therefore, the more stable method of determining the maximum value can also be to use 95% of the corresponding maximum thickness (or any value between 75% and 95%). 'The foregoing method is applied to the minimum retinal thickness or any other value, amount and/or detectable condition in the eye. For example, with a minimum retinal thickness as an example, if the user has a macular hole, there will be only a small area with a thickness of zero and may not be sufficient to significantly reduce the average thickness, but it will obviously be awkward. The second abnormality (abnormality) measured.

[0126] 在其他實施例之中,系統可用以產生測量厚度及/或測量強 度值的直方圖,及/或強度值的斜率或是導數(derivative),及/或用以 識別出異常情形的變數。舉例而言,斜率(以鄰近強度值的導數來計 算)的改變或疋實質改變可顯不出低反射(hyporeflective)或是高反射 (hyperreflective )構造,其可能不會影響中間(mean)或是平均(average )[0126] In other embodiments, the system can be used to generate a histogram of measured thickness and/or measured intensity values, and/or a slope or derivative of the intensity value, and/or to identify an abnormal condition. variable. For example, a change in the slope (calculated as a derivative of the adjacent intensity value) or a substantial change in the enthalpy may reveal a hyporeflective or hyperreflective configuration that may not affect the mean or Average

強度值,但可代表疾病或是症狀。舉例而言,系統可決定已測量部分 視網媒的視網膜厚度的分佈是否與正常族群相符。與「正常」直方圖 的偏差會造成較低的健康等級/較高的風險評估。 [0127] 在各種實施例之中,此處所述的方法或是程序可用以決定或 產生黃斑部病變的一風險評估,基於例如當與儲存於疾病風險評估/診 斷模組(資料庫)808中的正常值的一資料庫作比較時,視網膜或是視 網膜中央窩的異常增厚、視網膜外半部中存在高反射(明亮或是高強 度)或低反射(晦暗或是低強度)構造、視網膜内半部中存在低反射 (啤暗)構造、視網膜色素上皮細胞(retinalpigment 的輪廓中存在與眼睛正常曲率悖離的不規則情形(irregularity)或是透 過視網膜色素上皮細胞的光線存在高透射情形(hypertransmission)。 42 201014571 [0128]如同上述,有數種方法㈣細或是產生數種疾病或是症狀 的:風險評估。在某些實施例之中,將掃描資料與由正常人所找來的 資料作比較,以由-列線圖及/或直方圖識別出相似或差異之處。在其 他實施例之中’將掃描資料與由具有疾病的人所找來的資料作比較, 以由列線圖及/或直額識別出相似或差異之處。疾病的特定病徵 (pathognomonicdiseasefeatures)可由來自於已生病病患的列線圖例 如影像、直方圖或是其他資料,的相似度所代表。 [0129]在f施例中’為視網膜的每一區域(視神經、視網膜中央 窩、顳側視網臈(temporal retina))的視網膜厚度建立「正常」資料“列 如直方圖)’並將所測量到的、偵測到的 '掃描到的或是遭遇到的 (encountered)數值與此「正常」資料(例如直方圖)作比較,以決定 視網臈疾病或其他疾病的相對風險。可對神經纖維層(nerye fiber layber, NFL)厚度執行同樣的方法以偵測青光眼β在其他實施例之令,青光眼 的一風險評估的偵測或是產生是藉由分析在同一條直線上的 (collinear) Α掃描資料來執行或產生,若觀察到曲線厚度變薄 (curvilinear thinning)則代表存在青光眼,因為青光眼容易使得在曲 線管束(curvilinear bundles)中的神經纖維層厚度變薄。神經纖雉層以 一曲線型態(curvilinear fashion)自視神經輻射而出(radiate〇ut),就 如同圍繞一磁鐵的鐵屑。測量及分析沿著此曲線路徑的一連串A掃描 寊料可對於識別此厚度變薄,其為青光眼的特性,很有幫助。這樣的 分析可集中及/或圍繞於視神經或是集中於及/或圍繞視網膜中央窩,或 是其他地方。在另一實施例中,對青光眼的一風險評估的偵測及/或產 生是藉由分析視神經内表皮來執行或是產生,以決定視神經盤杯(〇ptic disc cup)的體積。 [0130]此系統也可用以偵測及/或產生眼睛清澈度的一風險評估, 其中此系統累積Z轴上的A知描資料’並且將部分或是全部的a掃据 資料與一列線圖值或其他數值或是例如一直方圖作比較。—般而言, 較暗的A掃描將可能代表存在介質混濁的情形,例如白内障 43 201014571 (cataract) ’其減少眼睛清澈度(因此增加對象具有一眼晴清激度問題 的風險,如白内障)。 .Intensity value, but can represent a disease or symptom. For example, the system can determine whether the distribution of retinal thickness of the measured portion of the retinal media is consistent with the normal population. Deviations from the “normal” histogram will result in a lower health level/higher risk assessment. [0127] Among various embodiments, the methods or procedures described herein can be used to determine or generate a risk assessment for macular lesions based on, for example, when stored in a disease risk assessment/diagnostic module (database) 808. When comparing a normal value database, the retina or the central fossa of the retina is abnormally thickened, and there is a high reflex (bright or high intensity) or low reflex (dark or low intensity) structure in the outer retina. There is a low-reflection (dark-dark) structure in the inner half of the retina, and retinal pigment epithelial cells (irregularity in the contour of the retinalpigment that deviates from the normal curvature of the eye or high transmission through the light of the retinal pigment epithelial cells) 42. Hypertransmission. 42 201014571 [0128] As mentioned above, there are several methods (4) that are fine or that produce several diseases or symptoms: risk assessment. In some embodiments, the scanned data is found by normal people. The data are compared to identify similarities or differences by the -column diagram and/or histogram. In other embodiments, 'scanning data and Compare the data found by people with the disease to identify similarities or differences by line graph and/or direct. The pathognomonic defects (features) can be derived from the line graphs of the sick patients, such as images. Representation of the similarity of the histogram or other data. [0129] In the f example, 'the retinal thickness of each region of the retina (optical nerve, foveal fossa, temporal retina) "Normal" data "column as a histogram" and compares the measured, detected 'scanned' or encounted values with this "normal" data (eg histogram) to Decide on the relative risk of disease or other diseases in the net. The same method can be performed on the thickness of the nerve fiber layer (NFL) to detect glaucoma β. In other embodiments, the detection or generation of a risk assessment of glaucoma is performed by analyzing the same line. (collinear) Α Scan data for execution or generation. Curvilinear thinning is observed to indicate the presence of glaucoma because glaucoma tends to thin the thickness of the nerve fiber layer in curvilinear bundles. The neurofibrillar layer radiates from the optic nerve in a curvilinear fashion, just like iron filings around a magnet. Measuring and analyzing a series of A-scans along this curved path can be helpful in identifying the thickness of the glaucoma, which is characteristic of glaucoma. Such analysis may focus and/or surround the optic nerve or concentrate on and/or surround the foveal fossa, or elsewhere. In another embodiment, the detection and/or production of a risk assessment for glaucoma is performed or generated by analyzing the epithelium of the optic nerve to determine the volume of the optic disc cup. [0130] This system can also be used to detect and/or generate a risk assessment of eye clarity, wherein the system accumulates A-scan data on the Z-axis and combines some or all of the a-scan data with a line graph. Values or other values are for example compared to a histogram. In general, a darker A scan will likely represent a situation where media turbidity occurs, such as cataract 43 201014571 (cataract) 'which reduces eye clarity (thus increasing the risk of a subject having a clearing problem, such as a cataract) . .

[0131]系統也可用以偵測或是產生視網膜色素上皮細胞(_)特 性悖離眼睛正常曲率的風險評估(玻璃膜疣(dnisen)、視網膜色素上 皮細胞剝離(RPEdetachment))。這樣的視網膜色素上皮細胞特性可藉 由將已偵測到的視網膜色素上皮細胞層與模擬預期眼睛曲率的一多項 式曲線(polynomial curve)作配合,並使用一電腦演算法以分析比 較或是檢視這些曲線之間的差異而被偵測到。以圖15的相關例子而 言,系統可用以從已偵測出的視網膜色素上皮細胞層曲線15〇4減去模 擬視網膜色素上皮細胞層1502預期曲率的多項式曲線,並且將所產生 的差異/數值1506與自正常及/或患病眼睛的數值(例如在一直方圖戋 〇 列線圖中)進行分析及/或比較’以產生一診斷或風險評估。上述方法 及程序與一折曲度(tortuosity)測量相似,因為相較於常見於年輕、健 康的人的平滑視網膜色素上皮細胞的偵測結果,一表面不平整(bumpy ) 的視網膜色素上皮細胞的偵測結果通常在一多項式曲線中將具有較多 的偏差。 [013 2 ]這樣的視網膜色素上皮細胞偵測也可用以偵測視網膜色素 上皮細胞透射的增加,基本上也就是視網膜色素上皮細胞病變 (degeneration)或萎縮(atrophy)的意思。在某些實施例之中,此系 統是用以分析視網膜色素上皮細胞層之上或之下的組織層。視網膜色 素上皮細胞層可藉由使用成像分割技術( technique)進行分割。在某些實施例之中,此系統是用以累計所有在視 網膜色素上皮細胞偵測之下的強度值。當呈現出萎縮時,通常會有許 多在視網膜色素上皮細胞線之下的高峰值(high vaiue),其造成高積分 值’並且會增加病患具有一嚴重黃斑部症狀,例如地圖狀萎縮 (geographicatrophy),的風險。 · [0133]參照圖16,此系統也可用以偵測或是產生視網膜内異常強 度的危險因子(riskfactor)。在某些實施例之中,此系統是用以基於内 44 201014571 限膜(internal Smiting membrane,ILM)偵測1606與視網膜色素上皮細 胞偵測線1608之間的中點,以將視網臈分割為一内半部16〇2及外半 . 部1604。在某些情況下,對視網膜組織運用一模糊濾光鏡(blur filter) (例如高斯模糊(Gaussianblur)、放射狀模糊(radialblur)或其他), 以移除斑點雜訊(specklenoise)及/或其他雜訊。就内部或是外部的視 網膜區域兩者而言,可計算出強度值的一一階導數(firstderivative)(與 位置相關,例如d/dx、d/dy或其他),以決定曲線的斜率,以在跨越組 織橫向維度(lateraldimension)之處區分出(differentiate)大量由暗變 亮或是由凴變暗的區域。舉例而言,視網膜中的強度或是導數可與例 如一般直方圖進行比對,其中内部的視網膜低強度可能是囊狀黃斑部 ^ 水腫(cystoid edema)的一指標;或是其中外部視網膜低強度 可能疋囊狀黃斑部水腫、視網膜下積液(subretinal fluid)、瀰漫性黃斑 部水腫(difibse macular edema)的指標;或是其中外部視網膜高強度 可能是糖尿病(diabetes或diabetes mellitus)(可能造成糖展病性視網 膜病變(diabeticretinopathy)或是例如由糖尿病併發症(complicati〇n) 所造成的視網膜損害)或是老年黃斑部病變的指標。 [0134]正常病患的資料可用以編譯強度及/或斜率(導數)資料的 直方圖,以代表正索人的預期數值。具有各種疾病的人的資料也可置 於強度及/或導數(斜率)數值的直方圖中,以代表這些具有疾病的人 的預期數值。在某些實施例之中,接著將為直方圖上的每個項目(entry) 發展出一相對風險,如此使得此風險可以被運用到未知的情況之中。 舉例而言,在某些情況下,有10%的外部視網膜強度值等於〇的人具 有一視網膜問題的機會為85%。因此,這樣的使用者可接收到一為15 的健康等級。在另一例子之中,有任何内部視網膜點小於1〇的人生病 的機會為100%,因此這些使用者可接收到一為5的健康等級。 c [0135]或者,如同此處所敘述,前述方法或程序亦可用以基於黃斑 部及/或視乳頭周圍(peripapillary)神經纖維層變薄的圖案(pattern), 或是視神經頭的杯狀擴張(enlargedcupping),與儲存於疾病風險評估 45 201014571 =斷模f (資料庫)舰之令的正常及異常值的-資料庫作比較,以 、,、定或1青光眼的一風險評估。相似地,為摘測或發展出葡萄膜炎 uveitis)的驗評估,例如可使用高於内部視網膜表面(在玻璃體 (vitreous)中)的預期強度值的__直方圖。在玻璃體腔(命_似卿) 存在大的、絲斑點(_〇 (例如高強度區域)可能代表葡萄膜炎, 並且可此代表需要轉診(referra〇。前述的方法及程序亦可用以基於影 像訊號的強度等級與健存於疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)8⑽之 中的正常及異常值的一資料庫作比較,以決定或產生眼睛疾病的一風 險。 [=136]在其他實施例之巾,前述方法或程序亦可職級玻璃體腔 中的高反射特性與储存於疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)8〇8之中 φ 的正常及異常高反射特性作峨,以決定或產生葡萄膜炎的一風險評 估前述方法或程序亦可用以基於比較疾病的特定病徵的摘測結果與 储存=疾病風險評估/診斷模組(資料庫)8⑽之中的疾病的特定病徵, 以決定或產生前側眼睛疾病的一風險評估,疾病的特定病徵例如囊狀 視網膜病變(eystGidretinaldegeneration)、細料㈣(Quterretinal edema)、視網膜下積液、視網膜下組織(subretinal tissue)、黃斑部裂 孔、玻璃贼、視賴色素上皮細胞獅及/或視網膜色素上皮細胞萎 縮。在某些實施例之中,此系統用以執行樣本比對〇emplate matching) ’其中此系統對由掃描一使用者所產生的A掃描,亦稱為未 ❹ 知的A掃描,與已知相關於疾病特性,例如視網膜下積液等等,的圖 案資料庫進行偵測、比較及/或匹配特徵。 • [0137】參照圖卜圖8及圖9 ’光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇是用以 讓使用者無需眼睛擴張(dilation)即可自我管理使用者眼睛的一光學 同調斷層掃描’並無需一醫生及/或一技術人員(technician)的介入或 參與,以進行使用者眼睛與系統的對位、執行光學同調斷層掃描掃插 及/或解釋來自產生或決定一風險評估或診斷所作的掃描的資料,即^ 得到各種疾病及病症的一風險評估或診斷。在一實施例之中,光學同 - 46 201014571 調斷層掃描祕1GG可於小於2分_、2_3分鐘之間或是2_5分鐘之 間執行一次篩選。在某些實施例之中,採用雙目系統可以讓使用者與 光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇自行對位此種具有一雙目系 統的光學__縣纽⑽的速度健,目為其掃㈣隻眼睛而 不需重新定位,並且可以讓光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇掃描一人不健 全的眼睛,因為當此人健康的眼睛追踨注視標記時,此人不健全的眼 睛將會跟隨著此人健康的眼睛。因此,光學同調斷層掃描系'统1〇〇減 少了進行一光學同調斷層掃描掃描的支出,藉此使更多人及/或使用者 更易接受到光學同調斷層掃描,並且使數以百萬計的人免於損失眼晴 視力,因疾病或病症可藉由早期谓測(earlierdetectj〇n)來預防。在一 實施例之中,光學同調斷層掃描系統100是設計為具有一小尺寸 (small_f〇〇tprint)及/或可攜帶(portable) ’使得光學同調斷層掃描系 統100可被女裝或疋置於藥局零售賣場(retyimgji)或 疋商店、醫學影像設施(medical imaging facility)、雜貨店 store)、圖書館及/或交通工具(m0biie veijicie)、巴士、箱型車(van)、 家庭醫師(generalpractitioner)或是其他醫生的診所中,如此人們無需 就醫就可以使用光學同調斷層掃描系統10〇。 [0138] 光學同調斷層掃描系統100亦可加入其他的特性。在某些情 況下’其他的特性可以增加系統1〇〇的性能。 [0139] 圖17A至17C顯示出當光學同調斷層掃描系統相較於眼睛 位於太過前側、位於提供增大視野的位置或是太過後侧時所得到的B 掃描。如圖所示,當光學同調斷層掃描系統相較於眼睛位於太過前側 或是太過後側時,視野(field 〇f view)(這邊指的是b掃描的大小或是 寬度)會被縮小。 [0140] 圖18A至18C進一步顯示出系統1〇〇的一視野可如何被光 學同調斷層掃描系統相對於眼睛的位置所影響。圖18A至18C皆顯示 出兩條發射自一光學同調斷層掃描系統而沿著不同執跡的探測光束 2005a及2005b,如圖所示,其藉由例如旋轉一檢流計以探測視網膜的 201014571 不同部分。舉例而言,檢流計的旋轉可造成光線沿著如同上述的不同 軌跡發射。這些軌跡可於旋轉點2010彼此交叉。檢流計的移動(例二 · 旋轉)可造成探測光束200如或如⑽的軌跡繞著旋轉點2〇1〇旋轉。 在典型的情況之中,系統將會發射多條光束2〇〇5a.2〇〇5b,使得眼睛 組織可充分成像。因此,在部分實施例之中,有許多其他的 射於光束應a及2嶋⑽。魏光絲-旋_或制點屬 處彼此交叉。在部分實施例之中,此點的位置可與這些光束的一焦點 重疊(coincide)。光束2005a及2005b以及其間的每條光束(未繪 可造成眼睛的構造反射光線,如此使得A掃描資料可為與每條光束相 關聯的光束。® 18AS18C顯示出可由多條光束所成像的一區域 2015。因此,所發射出的光線可掃過視網膜一整列的點。旋轉點2〇ι〇 0 的位置可影響此區域2015的橫向維度(例如長度或寬度)。區域2〇15 可以描述為一視野,並可與高於一臨界強度的_B掃描或是多組八掃 描之中的大量資料有關。 [0141] 在圖18A中,旋轉點2010是位於瞳孔2030之後/後側。因 此以高入射角入射的光束2020a及2020b將無法進入眼睛,因為他們 將會被虹膜2025所阻檔。在此情況之中,入射角及因此可成像的眼睛 區域2015會受到限制。 [0142] 在圖18B中,旋轉點2010是位於瞳孔2030的一曈孔平面(例 _ 如在曈孔的平面中因為光束在旋轉點2〇1〇交會,因此將沒有入射 光會被虹膜2025所阻擋。因此,如圖所示,可成像的眼睛區域2〇15 不會受限於虹膜所構成的障礙物。也因此而能提供一較大的視野。 [0143] 在圖18C中,旋轉點2010是位於曈孔2030之前/前側。與[0131] The system can also be used to detect or produce a risk assessment of the normal curvature of the retinal pigment epithelial cells (_) from the normal curvature of the eye (dnisen, retinal pigment epithelial cell stripping (RPE)). Such retinal pigment epithelial cell characteristics can be achieved by combining the detected retinal pigment epithelial cell layer with a polynomial curve that mimics the expected eye curvature and using a computer algorithm to analyze or compare these The difference between the curves is detected. In the related example of Figure 15, the system can be used to subtract the polynomial curve that mimics the expected curvature of the retinal pigment epithelial cell layer 1502 from the detected retinal pigment epithelial cell layer curve 15 〇 4, and the resulting difference/value 1506 is analyzed and/or compared with values from normal and/or diseased eyes (eg, in a histogram line graph) to generate a diagnostic or risk assessment. The above methods and procedures are similar to a tortuosity measurement because of a bumpy retinal pigment epithelial cell compared to the detection of smooth retinal pigment epithelial cells commonly found in young, healthy individuals. The detection results will usually have more deviations in a polynomial curve. [0132] Such retinal pigment epithelial cell detection can also be used to detect an increase in transmission of retinal pigment epithelial cells, which is essentially the meaning of degeneration or atrophy of retinal pigment epithelial cells. In some embodiments, the system is used to analyze tissue layers above or below the layer of retinal pigment epithelial cells. The retinal pigment epithelial cell layer can be segmented by using an imaging segmentation technique. In some embodiments, the system is used to accumulate all intensity values under the detection of retinal pigment epithelial cells. When presenting atrophy, there are usually many high vaiues below the retinal pigment epithelial cell line, which cause high integral values' and increase the patient's symptoms of severe maculopathy, such as geographic atrophy (geographicatrophy) ),risks of. [0133] Referring to Figure 16, the system can also be used to detect or generate a risk factor for abnormal intensity within the retina. In some embodiments, the system is configured to detect a midpoint between the 1606 and the retinal pigment epithelial cell detection line 1608 based on an internal 44 201014571 internal Smiting membrane (ILM) to segment the visual network. It is an inner half 16〇2 and an outer half. 1604. In some cases, a blur filter (such as Gaussian blur, radial blur, or other) is applied to the retinal tissue to remove speckle noise and/or other Noise. For both internal and external retinal regions, a first derivative of the intensity value (related to position, such as d/dx, d/dy, or others) can be calculated to determine the slope of the curve to A large number of areas that are darkened by darkness or darkened by sputum are differentiated across the lateral dimension of the tissue. For example, the intensity or derivative in the retina can be compared, for example, to a general histogram, where the internal retinal low intensity may be an indicator of cystoid edema; or where the outer retina is low-intensity It may be an indicator of cystic macular edema, subretinal fluid, difibse macular edema; or the external retina may be diabetic (diabetes or diabetes mellitus) (may cause sugar Diabeticretinopathy or retinal damage caused by, for example, diabetic complications (complication), or an indicator of age-related macular degeneration. [0134] The data for normal patients can be used to compile a histogram of intensity and/or slope (derivative) data to represent the expected value of the person. Data for people with various diseases can also be placed in histograms of intensity and/or derivative (slope) values to represent the expected values for those with the disease. In some embodiments, a relative risk will then be developed for each entry on the histogram so that this risk can be applied to an unknown situation. For example, in some cases, a 10% chance of having an external retinal strength value equal to 〇 has a retinal problem of 85%. Therefore, such a user can receive a health rating of 15. In another example, there is a 100% chance that any internal retinal point is less than 1 ,, so these users can receive a health rating of 5. [0135] Alternatively, as described herein, the foregoing methods or procedures can also be used to pattern thinning of the macular portion and/or peripapillary nerve fiber layer, or for cup-shaped expansion of the optic nerve head ( Enlargedcupping), compared with a database of normal and abnormal values stored in the disease risk assessment 45 201014571 = model (fault) f, and a risk assessment of glaucoma. Similarly, for the evaluation of the extraction or development of uveitis, for example, a __ histogram of the expected intensity values above the internal retinal surface (in the vitreous) can be used. There is a large, silky spot in the vitreous cavity (the _ 〇 (eg high-intensity area) may represent uveitis, and this may represent a need for referral (referra〇. The aforementioned methods and procedures may also be used based on The intensity level of the image signal is compared to a database of normal and abnormal values stored in the Disease Risk Assessment/Diagnostic Module (Database) 8 (10) to determine or generate a risk of eye disease. [=136] In other embodiments, the method or procedure may also be characterized by high reflection characteristics in the vitreous cavity of the grade and normal and abnormal high reflection characteristics of φ stored in the disease risk assessment/diagnosis module (database) 8〇8, A risk assessment for determining or producing uveitis may also be used to determine the specific symptoms of the disease based on the comparison of the specific symptoms of the disease and the disease = disease risk assessment/diagnosis module (repository) 8 (10) To determine or produce a risk assessment of the anterior eye disease, specific symptoms of the disease such as cystic retinopathy (eystGidretinaldegeneration), fine material (4) (Quterretinal Edema), subretinal fluid, subretinal tissue, macular hole, glass thief, gonadotropin epithelial lion and/or retinal pigment epithelial cell atrophy. In some embodiments, the system is used Perform a sample alignment 〇emplate matching) 'where the system scans a user for A-scans, also known as unexplained A-scans, and is known to be associated with disease characteristics, such as subretinal fluids, etc. The pattern database performs detection, comparison and/or matching features. [0137] Referring to Figure 8 and Figure 9, the optical coherence tomography system is used to allow the user to eliminate dilation. Self-managing an optical coherence tomography scan of the user's eye does not require the intervention or involvement of a physician and/or a technician to perform the alignment of the user's eyes with the system, perform optical coherence tomography scans and/or Or interpreting data from a scan that produces or determines a risk assessment or diagnosis, ie, obtaining a risk assessment or diagnosis of various diseases and conditions. In an embodiment Medium, optical same - 46 201014571 The tomographic scanning secret 1GG can perform a screening between less than 2 minutes, 2_3 minutes or 2_5 minutes. In some embodiments, the binocular system can be used by the user Optical coherence tomography system 1 〇〇 self-alignment such a binocular system optical __ county New (10) speed health, aim to sweep (four) eyes without repositioning, and can make optical coherence tomography system 1〇〇 Scan a person's unsound eyes, because when the person's healthy eyes are chasing the gaze mark, the person's unsound eyes will follow the person's healthy eyes. Therefore, the optical coherence tomography system is unified. 〇 Reduces the cost of performing an optical coherence tomography scan, thereby making it easier for more people and/or users to receive optical coherence tomography and protecting millions of people from loss of vision, due to disease Or the condition can be prevented by early presence (earlierdetectj〇n). In one embodiment, the optical coherence tomography system 100 is designed to have a small size and/or portability so that the optical coherence tomography system 100 can be placed by a woman or woman Pharmacy retail store (retyimgji) or 疋 shop, medical imaging facility (medical imaging facility), grocery store (store), library and / or transportation (m0biie veijicie), bus, van (van), family physician (generalpractitioner ) Or in other doctor's clinics, so that people can use the optical coherence tomography system without using a doctor. [0138] The optical coherence tomography system 100 can also incorporate other features. In some cases, other features can increase the performance of the system. [0139] FIGS. 17A to 17C show B-scans obtained when the optical coherence tomography system is located too farther than the eye, at a position providing an increased field of view, or too far back. As shown, when the optical coherence tomography system is too far forward or too far behind the eye, the field 〇f view (which refers to the size or width of the b-scan) is shrunk. . 18A through 18C further show how a field of view of the system 1 can be affected by the position of the optical tonal tomography system relative to the eye. Figures 18A through 18C each show two probe beams 2005a and 2005b that are emitted from an optical coherence tomography system along different tracks, as shown, for example, by rotating a galvanometer to detect the retinal 201014571. section. For example, rotation of the galvanometer can cause light to be emitted along different trajectories as described above. These trajectories can cross each other at a point of rotation 2010. The movement of the galvanometer (Example 2 - Rotation) can cause the probe beam 200 to rotate about the point of rotation 2〇1〇 as or as the path of (10). In a typical situation, the system will emit multiple beams 2〇〇5a.2〇〇5b so that the eye tissue can be fully imaged. Thus, in some embodiments, there are many other shots that should be a and 2 嶋 (10). Wei Guangsi-Spin_ or the point of the genus is crossed. In some embodiments, the location of this point may coincide with a focus of the beams. Beams 2005a and 2005b and each beam in between (unpainted to cause the eye to reflect light, so that the A-scan data can be the beam associated with each beam. The 18AS18C shows an area that can be imaged by multiple beams) 2015. Therefore, the emitted light can sweep through a whole column of the retina. The position of the rotation point 2〇ι〇0 can affect the horizontal dimension (such as length or width) of this area 2015. The area 2〇15 can be described as one The field of view can be related to a large amount of data among _B scans or a plurality of sets of eight scans above a critical intensity. [0141] In FIG. 18A, the rotation point 2010 is located behind/back side of the pupil 2030. Beams 2020a and 2020b incident at the incident angle will not be able to enter the eye because they will be blocked by iris 2025. In this case, the angle of incidence and thus the imageable eye area 2015 will be limited. [0142] In Figure 18B In the middle, the rotation point 2010 is a pupil plane located in the pupil 2030 (for example, in the plane of the pupil, since the light beam intersects at the rotation point 2〇1〇, no incident light will be blocked by the iris 2025. Therefore, as shown, the imageable eye area 2〇15 is not limited by the obstacle formed by the iris. Therefore, a larger field of view can be provided. [0143] In FIG. 18C, the rotation point 2010 is Located before/before the pupil 2030.

圖18人中相同’因此以高入射角入射的光束2020a及2020b將無法進 入眼睛’因為他們會被虹膜2025所阻擋。在此情況之中,入射角及因 此可成像的眼睛區域2〇15會受到限制。因此,可看出圖“A及18C 中所探測到的區域2〇15相較於圖18B中所探測到的區域2015顯示被 - 縮小了。 48 201014571 夕[〇144]再次參照圖17A至17C,例子顯示出B掃描可如何被—或 夕個可移動元件的位置所影響。相較於旋轉點2〇 ι 〇位於一較理想位置 (圖17B)時,當旋轉點2_太過前側(圖17A)或是太過後伯〕(圖 )時較少的組織會被成像。在每種情況之中,來自眼睛中央的光 線會朝向光學同調斷層掃描系統被反射回去。然而,當旋轉點勒位 '非最佳位置時,來自眼睛較末端位置(extremeposition)的光線無 法朝向光學同調斷層掃描系統被反射回去。如圖18入至撕所示,理 論上此光魏是在進人畴之前紐虹膜所散射。藉由分析由一或多 個可移動元件的不同位置所得到的B掃描結果,可以因此而決定增大 視野,亦即(andthus)光學同調斷層掃描系統的成雜能,的一位^。 接著可藉由使用-增大視野的光學同靖層掃描纽綠行(例如自 動地)-風險評估或診斷’當可移動元件在—第__位置時會得到增大 的視野,且增大的視野會大於當可移動元件在—不同的第二位置; 得到的一視野。 [0145]因此,在部分實施例之中,將交旋轉點 置於眼晴的-特定位置以’例如增大視野及/或減少虹膜2〇25對入射光 的阻播可以是有利的。例如此位置可包含:使用者眼睛曈孔之中或附 近的-位置、使用者眼睛虹膜的-平面的一位置、使用者眼睛水晶體 内的-位置或是使用者眼睛曈孔後側的—位置。其他位置亦為可能。 此外,某些實施例可能根本不包括一明確定義的交叉/旋轉點2_。在 部分實施例中’光學同調斷層掃描系統100是用以調整光學同爾層 掃描系統相對於眼睛的一前後側距離或是光學同調斷層掃描系統的一 工作距離。圖19顯示出光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇的至少一可移動光 學元件(例如鏡頭(光學元件2〇5)) 〇至少一可移動光學元件的位置可 至少部分地決定旋轉點2010的位置以及光學同調斷層掃描系統的工作 距離。在某些實施例之中,舉例而言,工作距離可至少部分地決定旋 轉點2010的位置。舉例而言,工作距離21〇5可測量為接目鏡的最外 側鏡頭或是視窗與旋轉點2010,或者是目鏡杯12〇的一位置與旋轉點 49 201014571 2010之間的距離。(亦可使用光學同調斷層掃描系統ι〇〇上的其他參考 位置。)因此,增加工作距離可將旋轉點獅移動到更前側在部分 實施例中,光學同調斷層掃描系統可相對於眼睛移動。在改變至少一 可移動元件的位置,光學同調斷層掃齡'統丨⑻紅作距離或是光學 同調斷層掃描系統本身其中之一時,可改變旋轉點2請相對於眼睛的 位置,這些改變可基於上述有關於圖18A_C的理由影響視網膜2ΐι〇的 '&quot;&quot;視^ 角(紐field of view)。 [0146]如同上述’可能會想要定位已發射探測光束的交叉點或是旋 轉點2_,或是另-區域以減少上述阻隔。在 計之時,對-視野^掃描、-B掃描或是眼睛可被:== 域的-尺寸)進行監控。可移動—可移動的或是可調整的光學元件, 例如-或多個鏡頭(光學元件2G5)、可調麵光學器材2ig、目鏡杯 120及接目鏡203 ’以調整可至少部分地控制視野的一工作距離、接目 鏡203及/或光學同調斷層掃描系統1〇〇 (部分或全部)相對於眼睛的 位置。此輕可改變-旋轉點,關如將旋翻定位於曈孔的平面之 中或是附近。此調整相較於其他方式可使更多祕(例如—更廣範圍 的探測光束軌跡)從系統進入眼睛以藉此增加一視野。舉例而古,此 調整可藉由減少由-或多個眼睛構造(例如虹膜)所阻隔的光^,以 增加可通過-Β掃描進入眼睛的探測光束方位(㈣賴⑽)的數目。 [㈣]活動平台及其他啟動器或移動裝置可用以在前後側方向定 位眼睛或是光學同調斷層掃描系統的光學器材,或可被調整以提供沿 著光學同調斷層掃描儀器光軸(optical㈣的—轴向方向的運動。因 此,可移動元件的位置(例如沿著光學同調斷層掃描儀器光轴的轴向 方向上)可決定旋轉點的前後側位置。 [0148]在某些實施例之中,亦可包括一部例如用以橫向地(例如水 平地)移動的-活動平台。這樣動平台或是啟—可決定旋轉點 的水平位置。舉例而言,如果平台被定位在太過内側或是外側,虹膜 可能會阻檔進入眼睛的-部分光線,其用以形成例如一 B掃描的一内 201014571 側或外側部分。在某些情況下,假若平台太過_,那麼虹膜可阻擔 掃描的-内側部分,·而在其他情況下,其可阻播—外側部分。因此, 可比對左及右眼的視野(例如B掃描)。如果其卜個祕另一個,那 麼可以調整驗具有較小視野的眼睛的活動平台,以增加此眼睛的視 ❹Figure 18 is the same in the human 'so that the beams 2020a and 2020b incident at a high angle of incidence will not enter the eye' because they will be blocked by the iris 2025. In this case, the angle of incidence and thus the imageable eye area 2〇15 are limited. Therefore, it can be seen that the area 2〇15 detected in the diagrams "A and 18C" is reduced by - compared to the area 2015 detected in Fig. 18B. 48 201014571 [〇144] Referring again to Figs. 17A to 17C The example shows how the B-scan can be affected by the position of the movable element or the moving point. Compared to the rotation point 2〇ι 〇 at a more ideal position (Fig. 17B), when the rotation point 2_ is too far ahead ( Figure 17A) or too little tissue will be imaged. In each case, light from the center of the eye is reflected back toward the optical tonal tomography system. However, when rotating When the position is 'non-optimal position, the light from the extreme position of the eye cannot be reflected back toward the optical coherence tomography system. As shown in Figure 18, the light is theoretically in front of the domain. Iris scattering. By analyzing the B-scan results obtained from different positions of one or more movable elements, it is possible to determine the field of view, that is, the hybrid energy of the (andthus) optical coherence tomography system. Bit ^. Then you can By using - increasing the visual field of the optical imaging layer, scanning the New Green line (for example automatically) - risk assessment or diagnosis 'when the movable element is in the -__ position, an increased field of view is obtained, and the field of view is increased It will be greater than when the movable element is in a different second position; a field of view is obtained. [0145] Therefore, in some embodiments, the intersection rotation point is placed at a specific position of the eye to 'for example, to increase the field of view and / or reducing the iris 2 〇 25 for the blocking of incident light may be advantageous. For example, the location may include: a position in or near the pupil of the user's eye, a position of the iris of the user's eye - a position, the user The position in the crystal of the eye or the position on the back side of the pupil of the user's eye. Other positions are also possible. Furthermore, some embodiments may not include a well-defined cross/rotation point 2_ at all. In some embodiments The optical coherence tomography system 100 is used to adjust a front-to-back distance of the optical homography scanning system relative to the eye or a working distance of the optical coherence tomography system. Figure 19 shows an optical coherence tomography scan. At least one movable optical component (eg, lens (optical component 2〇5)) 〇 at least one position of the movable optical component can determine, at least in part, the position of the rotational point 2010 and the working distance of the optical coherence tomography system In some embodiments, for example, the working distance may determine, at least in part, the position of the point of rotation 2010. For example, the working distance 21〇5 may be measured as the outermost lens of the eyepiece or the window and the point of rotation 2010, or the distance between a position of the eyepiece cup 12〇 and the rotation point 49 201014571 2010. (Other reference positions on the optical coherence tomography system ι〇〇 can also be used.) Therefore, increasing the working distance can turn the rotation point Lion Moves to the Front Side In some embodiments, the optical coherence tomography system can be moved relative to the eye. When changing the position of at least one movable component, the optical coherence tomography, or the optical coherence tomography system itself, the position of the rotation point 2 relative to the eye may be changed, and these changes may be based on The reason described above with respect to Figures 18A-C affects the '&quot;&quot;&nbsp;Newfield of view of the retina. [0146] As described above, it may be desirable to locate the intersection of the transmitted probe beam or the rotation point 2_, or another region to reduce the above-described barrier. At the time of the measurement, the pair-view scan, the -B scan, or the eye can be monitored by: == domain-size. Movable-movable or adjustable optical element, such as - or multiple lenses (optical element 2G5), adjustable surface optics 2ig, eyepiece cup 120, and eyepiece 203' to adjust at least partially control the field of view The position of a working distance, eyepiece 203, and/or optical coherence tomography system (partially or wholly) relative to the eye. This light can change - the rotation point, such as positioning the screw in or near the plane of the pupil. This adjustment allows more secrets (e. g., a wider range of probe beam trajectories) to enter the eye from the system than thereby increasing the field of view. By way of example, this adjustment can be achieved by reducing the amount of light that is blocked by - or multiple eye configurations (e.g., the iris) to increase the probe beam orientation ((4) ray (10)) that can be scanned into the eye by -Β. [(4)] The movable platform and other actuators or mobile devices may be used to position the optical device in the anteroposterior direction or the optical coherence tomography system, or may be adjusted to provide optical axes along the optical tonal tomography instrument (optical). Movement in the axial direction. Thus, the position of the movable element (eg, in the axial direction along the optical axis of the optical tonal tomography instrument) can determine the front and rear side positions of the point of rotation. [0148] In some embodiments, A movable platform, for example for laterally (eg horizontally) movement, may be included. Such a moving platform or activation may determine the horizontal position of the rotating point. For example, if the platform is positioned too far inside or On the outside, the iris may block the part of the light entering the eye, which is used to form, for example, a side or outer portion of the 201014571 of a B-scan. In some cases, if the platform is too _, the iris can resist scanning. - the inner part, · and in other cases, it can block the outer part. Therefore, the left and right eyes can be compared (for example, B-scan). Another, then you can adjust the activity test platform with a smaller field of view of the eye, in order to increase depending on the eye of this ❹

播此,在某些情況下,可對—B掃贼是其絲學同調斷層 掃細量細分析,綠射讀描或精比較,以蚊平台或 啟動器的-橫向(例如水平)移動是否為有利。例如可在使用例^ =-注顧_-細者職行的(跡eGndueted) 距離對位 t之^對平台或是啟動器進行調整。細整平台或啟動器之後, 影響瞳孔距離的對位。此外,平台或啟動器的移動可影 歧待成像的樣本料,並且可對祕元件位置進行 修改以對此影響作計算。在許多實施例之中,平台的移動可移 =學同調斷層掃描系統的-或多個元件。舉例而言,在某些實施例 平台可支撐鏡頭(光學元件205)、可調整光學器材210、分光 的平Aa t230b及/或鏡子施或260b。可為每隻眼睛準備一個這樣 響光i自施例中,由平台所支撐的元件為使平台移動不會影 或“沾置輸出的角度的70件。在某些情況下,跨越兩隻眼睛的一 i瞎:移動或調整(例如一水平平台)可為非對稱,如此使得一隻 艮睛的相關移動不平行或不同於另一隻眼睛的相關移動。 可定m為決定—適#_整量’―或多個可移動或可調整光學元件 描資料/ 7如系統性的)多個位置,而資料(例如光學同調斷層掃 2料)可在這些位置獲得。接著,可對一或多個可移動/可調整光學 預齡置,此關位置是基於在每位置 可在預期itr 比較。影像雜,例如B掃描, 行分情況下,對一或多組的A掃描或是一或多個B掃描進 、、疋一或多個可移動/可調整元件的一位置。每個8掃描或是 51 201014571 每組A掃描可與一或多個可移動/可調整元件的獨特(distinct)位置/ 設定相關聯。舉例而言,掃描的-性質(例如—影像品質測量或是訊 號強度值)可與多個B掃描或是多組A掃描進行比較,以決定一或多 個可移動/可調整元件的-錄位置或設定。在-情況下,味遍及於 多個B掃描或是多組A掃描之中的累積強度的全部加總。在另一情況 下,包含一 B掃描的多個A掃描或一組A掃描内的一特定點或是位置 的強度(例如累積強度的全部加總)被用於比較。舉例而言,可將一 參數(variable )定義為在遍及一 B掃描内的全部A掃描或一組A掃描 的視網膜附近位置(approximatel〇cati〇n)的強度總合。此參數接著可 與多組A掃描或多個B掃描比較。可將一或多個可移動/可調整元件的 一最後位置/設定(resultantposition/setting)定義為具有一組八掃描或 〇 一 B掃描的位置/設定’此組a掃描或此B掃描具有高於一門檻或為最 大值(例如全部的最大強度)的對應此參數的一數值。可測量、計算 或考量其他數值,以及可使用其他方法以決定預期位置/設定,並藉此 增加視野。 [0152] 在某些情況下,可得到多個(例如一預定數目)的b掃描或 是多組A掃描,以及將一或多個可移動/可調整元件的一較佳位置/設定 決定為與這些B掃描或是這幾組A掃描其中之一有關的一位置/設 在另一情況下,資料用以預測一較佳位置/設定,其可能或可能=是與 所枚集到的資料有關的一位置/設定。舉例而言,可運用^卜^法 〇 (extrapolation)或是内插法(interpolation)。在某些情況下,b掃#戈 是Α掃描組資料為動態收集。舉例而言,如果一或多個可移動元^的 一位移沿著一軸線自一第一位置到一第二位置造成了一參數的一更好 的改變,那麼接下來的移動可避免在反方向的急遽改變 change)。在另一例子之中,可重覆地對一或多個可移動元件進行調整w 直到一變數超過一門檻。其他的方式及方法亦為可行。 [0153] 吾人可能預期定位或是設定一或多個可移動或可調整元 件’使得自光學同調斷層掃描系統所發射的探測光束的一旋轉點位: 52 201014571 . 或是靠近瞳孔平面。假設探測光束繞著不在瞳孔平面而是朝向視網膜 縱向位移的一位置旋轉,那麼部分自光學同調斷層掃描系統所發射的 光線在抵達焦點(focal point)之前,可能由例如虹膜所阻擔。假設探 測光束繞著不在瞳孔而是朝向角膜位移的一位置旋轉,那麼部分自光 學同調斷層掃描系統所發射的光線在抵達焦點之後但在抵達例如為視 網膜的其他眼睛構造(ocular structure)之前,可能由例如虹膜所阻擋β 藉由使光學同調斷層掃描系統所發射的光束繞著位於瞳孔的一點旋 轉,環繞曈孔的眼睛構造,例如虹膜,可能不會阻擋輸入光線。因此, 在瞳孔處旋轉探測光束可增加或是最大化可由儀器所成像的組織量。 φ [0154]在某些情況下’視網膜的一位置是為了多個3掃描或多組Α 掃描而決定,每一個B掃描或每一組A掃描與一或多個可移動或可調 整70件的不同位置或是設定相關聯。接著,視網膜的位置可用以預測 瞳孔位置,並且可定位/設定可移動/可調整元件,使得一旋轉點位於或 是靠近所預測的瞳孔位置。在某些情況下,一眼睛構造,例如角膜、 虹膜、視網膜、玻璃體、前房(邮⑷沉chamber)或淚膜介面(纪肛film interface)或自另一結構上的特徵色咖代),例如眼眶邊 緣、鼻樑(nasal bridge)、顴骨(cheekbone)(上頜骨(maxilla))、額 骨(frontalbone)、眼瞼(eyelid)或皮膚表面,的位置為已確定,而可 〇 移動/可調整元件是基於此已確定的位置進行定位/設定。已決定的位置 可用以預測另一構造,例如瞳孔,的一位置。 [0155]在某些情況下…或多個可移動或可調整元件的_預期位置 或忒疋並非基於為一特定病患所得到的光學同調斷層掃描資料。舉例 而σ位置或权疋可基於標準資料(normative data)作選擇,標準資 2包含例如基於以人群為基準_量或作決定的—標準位置或 • 从。舉例而s,為了每位病患,可對-或多個可移動/可調整元件的 * 每個位置或設定進行視野測量。在—第-情況下,為每位病患決定- - 雖的^或蚊。舉_言,-鮮位置/設定可為減之中的較佳 位置/成疋的平均、中位數或眾數(m〇de)。在一第二情況下,將全部 53 201014571 病患的測量與-門_行比較H可將標準位置或蚊決 :大部分病患的·超過此·的—位置歧定。在部分實施例之 可移械可元件是狀於—鮮位置顿定 元件可基於鮮資騎蚊驗置或蚊_定侧 在不同系統之中。此位置/設定可被當作選定的位置/設定來使用 可被當作如同上述為不同位置/設定測量不同視野的一起始點(咖 point)來使用,以決定具有一增大視野的位置/設定。In this case, in some cases, the -B sweeping thief is a detailed analysis of its syntactic tonal fault sweep, green shoot reading or fine comparison, whether the mosquito platform or the starter - horizontal (such as horizontal) moves For the benefit. For example, you can adjust the platform or the starter in the use case ^ = - Note _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ After the platform or actuator is finished, it affects the alignment of the pupil distance. In addition, the movement of the platform or actuator can affect the sample material to be imaged, and the location of the secret component can be modified to account for this effect. In many embodiments, the movement of the platform can be shifted to - or multiple elements of the tonal tomography system. For example, in some embodiments the platform can support a lens (optical element 205), an adjustable optical device 210, a split flat Aa t 230b, and/or a mirror cast or 260b. One such sound can be prepared for each eye. From the example, the components supported by the platform are 70 pieces that make the platform move without shadowing or "staining the angle of the output. In some cases, spanning two eyes. The movement or adjustment (for example, a horizontal platform) can be asymmetrical, such that the relative movement of one eye is not parallel or different from the movement of the other eye. Integer '- or multiple movable or adjustable optical components (7), such as systemic, multiple locations, and data (such as optical coherence tomography) can be obtained at these locations. Multiple moveable/adjustable optical pre-sets, this off position is based on the expected itr comparison at each position. Image miscellaneous, such as B-scan, line split case, one or more sets of A-scan or one or Multiple B-scans, one or more positions of one or more movable/adjustable elements. Each 8 scans or 51 201014571 Each set of A-scans can be unique with one or more movable/adjustable components (distinct ) position / setting associated. For example, scanned - Properties (eg, image quality measurements or signal strength values) can be compared to multiple B-scans or multiple sets of A-scans to determine the recording position or setting of one or more movable/adjustable components. In this case, the taste is spread over all of the cumulative intensities of the plurality of B-scans or the plurality of sets of A-scans. In another case, a plurality of A-scans or a set of A-scans containing a B-scan are specified. The intensity of the point or position (eg, the sum of the cumulative intensities) is used for comparison. For example, a parameter can be defined as a retina that is all A-scan or a set of A-scans throughout a B-scan. The sum of the intensities of nearby locations (approximatel〇cati〇n). This parameter can then be compared to multiple sets of A scans or multiple B scans. One final position/set of one or more movable/adjustable elements can be set (resultantposition /setting) is defined as a position/setting with a set of eight scans or one B scans. 'This set of a scans or this B scan has a higher than one threshold or a maximum value (eg all maximum intensity) corresponding to this parameter Numerical value, measurable, Other values are calculated or considered, and other methods can be used to determine the desired position/setting and thereby increase the field of view. [0152] In some cases, multiple (eg, a predetermined number) of b-scans or multiple sets may be obtained. A scanning, and determining a preferred position/setting of one or more movable/adjustable elements as a position associated with one of the B-scans or one of the sets of A-scans/in another case, The data is used to predict a preferred location/setting, which may or may be a location/setting relating to the collected data. For example, an extrapolation or interpolation may be used. (interpolation). In some cases, b-scan #戈 is the scan group data for dynamic collection. For example, if a displacement of one or more movable elements causes a better change in a parameter from a first position to a second position along an axis, then the next movement can be avoided. The direction of the impetuous change change). In another example, one or more movable elements can be repeatedly adjusted w until a variable exceeds one threshold. Other methods and methods are also feasible. [0153] We may anticipate positioning or setting one or more movable or adjustable elements' such that a rotational point of the probe beam emitted by the optical tonal tomography system is: 52 201014571 . Or near the pupil plane. Assuming that the probe beam is rotated about a position that is not displaced longitudinally toward the pupil plane, the light emitted by the portion of the self-optical tomosynthesis system may be blocked by, for example, the iris before reaching the focal point. Assuming that the probe beam is rotated about a position that is not displaced toward the pupil but toward the cornea, then some of the light emitted by the optical tonal tomosynthesis system will reach the focus but before reaching other ocular structures such as the retina, Blocking β by, for example, the iris, by rotating the beam emitted by the optical coherence tomography system around a point at the pupil, an eye configuration surrounding the pupil, such as the iris, may not block the input light. Thus, rotating the probe beam at the pupil increases or maximizes the amount of tissue that can be imaged by the instrument. φ [0154] In some cases 'a position of the retina is determined for multiple 3 scans or sets of scans, each B scan or each set of A scans with one or more movable or adjustable 70 pieces Different locations or settings are associated. The position of the retina can then be used to predict the pupil position and the moveable/adjustable element can be positioned/set such that a point of rotation is at or near the predicted pupil position. In some cases, an ocular structure, such as the cornea, iris, retina, vitreous, anterior chamber (mail (4) sinking chamber) or tear film interface (anal film interface) or from another structural feature color generation), For example, the edge of the eyelid, the nasal bridge, the cheekbone (maxilla), the frontal bone, the eyelid, or the surface of the skin are determined, but can be moved/adjustable. The component is positioned/set based on this determined position. The determined position can be used to predict a location of another configuration, such as a pupil. [0155] In some cases ... or the expected position or 忒疋 of a plurality of movable or adjustable elements is not based on optical coherence tomography data obtained for a particular patient. For example, the σ position or weight may be selected based on normative data, which includes, for example, based on the population as a reference or quantity - a standard position or a slave. For example, for each patient, a field of view measurement can be made for each location or setting of the - or multiple movable/adjustable components. In the -first case, decide for each patient - although ^ or mosquito. For example, the fresh position/setting can be the preferred position/minor of the reduction, the median or the majority (m〇de). In a second case, comparing the measurements of all 53 201014571 patients with the - door-line H may categorize the standard position or the mosquito: most patients' positions exceed this. In some embodiments, the movable mechanical component is in the form of a fresh position, and the component can be based on a fresh arbitrarily positioned mosquito or a mosquito-side. This position/setting can be used as a selected position/setting to be used as a starting point for measuring different fields of view as described above for different positions/settings to determine a position with an increased field of view/ set up.

[0156] 在部分實施例之中,標準位置/設定並非基於光學同調 掃描資料而是基於以其他方式所得到的結構上的績祕咖 所決定。舉例而言,標準位置可基於—瞳孔與—視晒之間的一平均 距離、-喊及-瞳孔之間的—平均前後側距離、角臈及曈孔之間的 -平均前後側距離或是在—下巴(ehil^與一瞳孔之間的一平均前後側 距離。此標準位置/設定可依不同的病患群組獨立決I舉例而言,此 標準位置/設定可基於—個人的年齡、性別或是人種(race)。 [0157] 在某些情況下,—或多個可移動/可調整^件的位置/設定可 至少部分基於感測H資料。舉例而言…感測器可細病患的一位置 或是-病患特徵部(例如—眼睛、—曈孔、—虹膜、—下巴、—眼离), 而此位置可用以決定接目鏡2〇3或光學同調斷層掃描系統觸的位置[0156] In some embodiments, the standard position/setting is not based on optical coherence scan data but is based on structurally obtained data obtained by other means. For example, the standard position can be based on an average distance between the pupil and the sun, the average front-to-back distance between the shout and the pupil, the average front-to-back distance between the corner and the pupil, or In the chin (an average front-to-back distance between ehil^ and a pupil. This standard position/setting can be based on different patient groups. For example, this standard position/setting can be based on the age of the individual, Gender or race. [0157] In some cases, the location/setting of the plurality of movable/adjustable components may be based, at least in part, on sensing H data. For example, the sensor may a location of a patient or a patient characteristic (eg, eye, pupil, iris, chin, eye), which can be used to determine the eyepiece 2〇3 or optical coherence tomography system Touch position

或設定。在-情況下,所侧到的位置是用以测瞳孔驗置,其是 用以決定一或多個可移動元件的位置。 [0158] 因此’在部分實施例之中,一光學同調斷層掃描系統(如圖 1或,3所示)包含一感測器或追蹤器(tracker)。此感測器或追縱器 可決定使用者的-位置、仙者的—或是兩隻眼睛及/或朗者眼睛的 -或多個構造(例如-視簡、曈孔、角贼水晶體)。在部分實施例 之令’此感測器或追蹤ϋ是位於或是連接至主體1〇6、零重力臂116或 甚至是目鏡杯12G。在部分實施例之巾,滅廳或追織為與主體 106分開的-裝置。在部分實施例之中,此感測器或追蹤器接連至圖3 所示的系統或包含於其中。 54 201014571 [0159]在情況下,感測器自一光源發射光線或是超音波 (ultrasound),並且偵測反射回來的光線。光線可能自使用者眼睛的一 構造,例如細、虹膜、曈孔、視網膜、玻璃體、前房或淚膜介面, 或是自另一結構上的特徵’例如眼眶邊緣、鼻樑、顴骨(上頜骨)、額 骨、眼臉或皮廣表面,反射回來。此感測器可基於發射光線(例如一 脈衝(pulse))的時間以及偵測到光線的時間之間的時間差以決定構造 的位置。在其他情況下’也可使用其他類翻細器或追蹤器。舉例 而言,-光學同靖層掃描❹可基於干涉或是反射率結果決定一眼 睛構造的位置。 ❹ [〇16〇]在部分實施例之中,一或多個可移動/可調整元件的位置/設 疋疋基於一些方法的組合。舉例而言,位置/設定可基於非光學同調斷 層掃描感測H資料以及光學同靖層掃描_來決定。位置/設定可基 於視野資料及感測器資料及/或—已決定的標準位置來決定。位置可基 於感測器資料以及-已決定的鮮位置來決^在某些實施例之中, 至少-標準資料或感測資料可用以協助為數個光學同調斷層掃描 決定-起始點,這些測量隨後用以決定提供一進一步增大視野的一位 置或設定。 [0161]其他方式亦為可行。在部分實施例之中,舉例而言,一光學 ❹ 關斷層掃鹏統1GG包含-聪托。在此情況下,祕1GG可用以自Or set. In the case, the side-to-side position is used to measure the pupil verification, which is used to determine the position of one or more movable elements. [0158] Thus, in some embodiments, an optical coherence tomography system (shown in Figures 1 or 3) includes a sensor or tracker. The sensor or tracker can determine the user's position, the fairy's - or both eyes and / or the eyes of the person's eyes - or multiple configurations (eg - visual, pupil, thief crystal) . In some embodiments, the sensor or tracker is located or connected to the body 1, 6 or the zero gravity arm 116 or even the eyepiece cup 12G. In some embodiments, the towel is smashed or chased into a separate device from the body 106. In some embodiments, the sensor or tracker is connected to or included in the system shown in FIG. 54 201014571 [0159] In the case, the sensor emits light or ultrasound from a light source and detects the reflected light. Light may be from a structure of the user's eye, such as fine, iris, pupil, retina, vitreous, anterior or tear film interface, or features from another structure such as the edge of the eyelid, bridge of the nose, humerus (maxilla) ), frontal bone, eye face or skin wide surface, reflected back. The sensor can determine the position of the configuration based on the time difference between the time the light is emitted (e.g., a pulse) and the time at which the light is detected. In other cases, other types of pulsors or trackers can be used. For example, an optical colloidal scanning scan can determine the position of an eye structure based on interference or reflectivity results. ❹ [〇16〇] In some embodiments, the position/setting of one or more movable/adjustable elements is based on a combination of methods. For example, the position/setting can be determined based on the non-optical coherence tomography scanning H data and the optical coherence layer scanning. The position/setting can be determined based on the field of view data and the sensor data and/or the determined standard position. The location may be based on the sensor data and the determined fresh position. In some embodiments, at least - standard data or sensing data may be used to assist in determining the starting point for several optical coherence tomography measurements. It is then used to decide to provide a position or setting that further increases the field of view. [0161] Other approaches are also possible. Among some of the embodiments, for example, an optical ❹ 断 扫 扫 1 GG GG 1GG contains - Cong Tuo. In this case, the secret 1GG can be used to

行細微的調整。此調整可包含此處所述的任何調整,例如對—或多個 可移動光學元件的-難,_如增大系統丨⑻的—視野。在一情況 下,主體及/或域巾的-光學元倾病患畴之間的距_雌地自 -第-距離調整至-第二距離。在某些實施例之中,腿托為可移動, 然而在其他纽狀巾,雜為gj定式。此距離可至少部分地基於標 準數值,例如-下巴與—曈孔之間的—平均偏移量(例如在前後側方 向)或是-曈孔與-目鏡杯之_平均距離。在某些情況下,此距離 55 201014571 至〉、部刀地基於感測器的讀取值來決定。舉例而言,一感測器可债 測使用者的眼睛、軌或是虹膜的—位置。此感繼可包含—光翔 . 調斷層掃描儀n或可包含另—部光學较超音賴器。舉例而言,如 同上述▲測器可發射一光線並決定在發射與其接收到反射光(例如 脈衝)之間所經過的時間(timeelapsed)。此感測器可包含一重量感 測器’用以感測例如病患下巴的—位置。—感測器可制使用者下巴 的-位置或疋重量。在某些實施例之中’絲為可移動,或是光學同 調斷層掃描系統的主體及/或接目鏡可相對於腮托與如同上述所監控的 視野移動’以蚊眼睛的—適當位l其他的變化亦為可行。 」二62]在部分實施例令’一或多個可移動/可調整光學元件的一位 置/认疋可由病患手動地調整。舉例而言病患可被指示以基於病患所 _ 看到的-或多個影像調整位置/設定。舉例而言,病患可被指示以調整 位置’直到二或多個影像(例如工作距離影像)已對位。對位可與眼 睛到光學關崎掃描儀糾-適纽_職。其他設計亦為可行。 [0163] 在部分實施例之中,系統1〇〇可用以筛選出一或多種眼科症 狀。在其他實施例之中’系統1〇〇可用以監控一或多種症狀。在某些 If況下病患罹患需要規律監控的-症狀。舉例而言,症狀可能會 惡化’可能需要不同治療;或症狀可能會改善,可能需要終止一治療 或^蹤(follow-up)。細,向一健康照顧提供者頻繁定期預約可能是 昂貴且不便的。健康贿提供者與病患之間不便及繁忙的行程可齡 Θ 降低預約頻率到-不符預期地低的程度,使得一健康照顧提供者在最 早期不太會侧聰化。藉由使病患使用光學關斷層掃㈣統⑽ 以自我管_試和監控錄,更錄、便宜、快速及/妓方便監控 是可能的。 [0164] 如以下更詳細說明所述,系統可能被通知—特定症狀。舉例 而言’-醫師可能(例如間接地)指出一病患正罹患某—症狀或有罹 . 患某-症狀的風險。基於系統所得到的光學剩斷麟觸測量,彡 統100可用以決定症狀是否正在改善或惡化。系統可以(例如,每次 56 201014571 一驗光師產特果時)告知—健康照顧提供者(例如 出是否2 或一病患由系統得到的一監控結果。結果可以指 肤正=°至健康照顧提供者處就醫。舉例而言,結果可能指出一症 在惡化(因關如健賴顧提供者可財望考慮替代治療策略 提供纽善(_如健康照顧Minor adjustments. This adjustment may include any adjustments described herein, such as - or - for a plurality of movable optical elements - such as increasing the field of view of the system (8). In one case, the distance between the body and/or the domain of the optical element is adjusted to a second distance from the -first distance. In some embodiments, the leg rest is movable, but in other ties, the miscellaneous gj formula. This distance can be based, at least in part, on a standard value, such as - the average offset between the chin and the pupil (e.g., in the fore and aft directions) or - the average distance between the pupil and the eyepiece cup. In some cases, this distance 55 201014571 to > is determined based on the sensor's read value. For example, a sensor can measure the position of the user's eyes, rails, or iris. This sensation may include - Guangxiang. The tomographic scanner n may or may include another optical overtone. For example, as described above, the detector can emit a ray and determine the time elapsed between the transmission and the receipt of the reflected light (e.g., a pulse). The sensor can include a weight sensor&apos; to sense, for example, the position of the patient&apos;s chin. - The sensor can be used to make the user's chin - position or weight. In some embodiments, the wire is movable, or the body and/or the eyepiece of the optical coherence tomography system can be moved relative to the chin rest and the field of view as monitored above. The changes are also feasible. [62] In some embodiments, one or more of the one or more movable/adjustable optical elements can be manually adjusted by the patient. For example, the patient can be instructed to adjust the position/setting based on - or multiple images seen by the patient. For example, the patient can be instructed to adjust the position ' until two or more images (e.g., working distance images) have been aligned. The alignment can be corrected with the eye to the optical off-saw scanner. Other designs are also feasible. [0163] In some embodiments, system 1 can be used to screen for one or more ophthalmic conditions. In other embodiments, the system 1 can be used to monitor one or more symptoms. In some cases, patients have symptoms that require regular monitoring. For example, symptoms may worsen 'may require different treatments; or symptoms may improve, and may require a treatment or follow-up. Fine, frequent regular appointments to a health care provider can be expensive and inconvenient. Inconvenient and busy schedules between health bribe providers and patients can reduce the frequency of appointments to - not as low as expected, making a health care provider less likely to be at the earliest. It is possible to make it easier to record, cheaper, faster and/or easier to monitor by using the patient's optical shut-off sweep (4) system (10) for self-management and monitoring. [0164] As described in more detail below, the system may be notified - specific symptoms. For example, a physician may (for example, indirectly) indicate that a patient is suffering from a certain symptom or convulsion. The risk of suffering from a certain symptom. Based on the optical residual measurement obtained by the system, the system 100 can be used to determine if the symptoms are improving or worsening. The system can (for example, every time 56 201014571 an optometrist produces a special fruit) to inform the health care provider (for example, whether a 2 or a patient is obtained by the system). The result can be referred to as positive health care. For example, the results may indicate that the disease is worsening (as a result of the care of the provider, the provider can consider the alternative treatment strategy to provide New Zealand (eg health care)

❹ [〇165]圖20顯示出使用一種光學同調斷層掃描系統 狀j程序3000’而且圖21顯示出一種光學同調斷層掃描系統獅 的二方塊圖。系統纖的元件之_線條顯示出耕之間的連接。在 部分實施例之n乡個連接並林在於祕細t,而在部分實 施例之中,其他的連接是存在的。連接可能是一直接的物理連接、一 虛擬的(Virtual)連接、一物理的網路連接(例如使用一電話線)及/ 或一無線網路連接。其它連接類型亦為可行。在某些情況下,系統3050 包括圖21中未顯示的其他元件,而在某些情況下,系統3〇5〇不包括 圖21所顯示的一或多個元件。同樣地,在某些情況下,程序3000並 不包括圖20所顯示的一或多個步驟及/或包含其他步驟。程序的步驟 也可能會被重新排列。 [0166]在程序3000的步驟3005中,可以接收一眼科症狀的相關資 訊。資訊可藉由讀取一資料存放裝置,例如具有一磁條的一卡片、一 智慧卡(smart card)、或一 USB裝置。資訊可以電子化接收、無線接 收或透過一網路(例如透過一網際網路)接收。 [0167]資訊可以被系統3050的一輸入裝置3055接收。舉例而言, 輸入裝置3055可能包括一接收器(receiver) 3060 (例如一種無線接枚 器)。接收器3060可被連接到一區域或遠端網路,例如網際網路。雖 然在部分實施例之中,接收器3060從一無線裝置接收訊號,然而在其 他實施例之中則不是。舉例而言,接收器3060可用以接收電話線。輸 入裝置3055可包括一讀卡機3065。輸入裝置3055可包括一 USB驅動 器讀取器3070。在某些情況下,輸入裝置從一伺服器3075接收(例如’ 57 201014571 透過接收器3060)資訊。舉例而言,一醫師可以將資訊發送至伺服器 3075。伺服器可以儲存資訊,並且可在之後當一使用者為一掃描作準 備時將資訊傳送至輸入裝置。舉例而言,使用者可輸入一識別碼 (identificationcode)或可以使用包含一識別符號的一裝置,然後伺服 器3075可將與使用者對應的資訊發送至輸入裝置3055。雖然以上只 提及一台伺服器’但可例如在一網路中使用一或多台伺服器或電腦。 [0168] 資訊可識別一症狀或疾病。舉例而言,資訊可以指出一病患 正罹患一特症狀(例如與老年黃斑部病變、黃斑部水腫、糖尿病性視 網膜病變或青光眼)。資訊可以指出一症狀的一過去嚴重程度,例如 在一先前預約時症狀的嚴重程度。資訊可以指出症狀的一門檻指標 (thresholdindication)。舉例而言,資訊可以指出若症狀惡化至藉由一 特定測量所預測的一特定量時,病患及/或一健康照顧提供者(例如一 醫師或驗光師)應被通知。因此,系統3050可以不需要篩選出疾病, 而是可以監控特定症狀的病況(progression)。(然而,在部分實施例之 中,系統3050同時監控至少一症狀和篩選出一或多個其他症狀)。在 某些情況下,程序3000並不包括一步驟3005。 [0169] 在步驟3010中,載入病患資訊。病患資訊可以包括與眼科 症狀相關的一歷史。舉例而言,病患資訊可包括光學同調斷層掃描測 量或來自先前掃描與此測量有關的輸出。病患資訊可包括健康照顧提 供者資訊(例如病患的醫師的一姓名、地址、電子郵件及/或電話號碼)。 在某些情況下’健康照顧提供者資訊及/或一病患的識別符號被接收(例 如與在步驟3005所接收到的資訊一起)。識別符號可包括,例如一標 識碼或病患姓名。資訊可由(例如一本地或遠端電腦的)一儲存元件 3080載入。舉例而言,資訊可從一本地記憶體載入或可由一伺服器 3075,其可具有儲存在一儲存元件3080上的資訊,無線地接收。在某 些情況下,資訊載入自可為一病患所提供的一資料儲存裝置,例如一 智慧卡或一信用卡。因此,輸入裝置3055可以接收到病患資訊。在 某些情況下,程序3000並不包括一步驟3〇1〇。 58 201014571 . [G17G]在實齡彳之t ’病人將-張卡#插人—讀卡機。卡片是以 ^卡=號或代碼進行編碼的。卡片號瑪或代碼被傳送到例如一錬 器的遠端位置飼服器可以提供症狀的相關資訊、病患資訊 照顧提供者資訊等。 [0171] 雖然只有單—儲存元件3_顯示在圖21中但亦可存在多 個儲存元件。舉例而言,部分儲存元件3080可以物理連接到光學同調 斷層掃描儀H 3G85 或多個齡元件遞可以物理連接到饲服器 3075並且-或多個錯存元件麵可以物理連接職入裝置娜。在 某些情況下’-卸除式和一非卸除式儲存裝置元件3_被連接到光學 ❹ 賴斷麟描翻3085。其㈣配置方式亦為可行。 [0172] 可在辣3〇15 t得到光學同調斷層掃描測量。這些測量可 為此處所述的任何此類測量。測量可藉由一光學同調斷層掃描儀器 3085而得到。光學同調斷層掃描儀器娜可以包括此處所述的元件, 如=些與系統100相關的元件。例如儀器3085可包括-接目鏡203、 -光源240 ' -干涉儀3〇9〇、一侧器3〇95及/或電子裝置31〇〇。接 目鏡203可用以承接使用者眼睛的至少其中之一。光源240可用以輸 出經由接目鏡2G3傳遞至使用者眼睛的光線。干涉儀膽可用以藉由 自使用者目艮睛所反射的光線來引發光學干涉。細器3095可設置以该 G 壯縣學干涉。電子裝置邏連接至細n娜,並且可用以分 析藉由此處所述的干涉儀3090所得到的光學同調斷層掃描測量,及/ 或可用以決定和詳細說明於後的眼科症狀的一狀態相關的一眼科輪 出。舉例而言,光學同調斷層掃描儀器3085可得到Λ掃描、B掃描或 立體光學_斷層掃描資料。在某些情況下,所得刺光學同調斷層 掃描測量的類型取決於眼睛症狀(〇pticalc〇nditi〇n)的相關資訊,例如 在步驟3005所接收到的資訊。舉例而言,如果一病患正罹患狹角型青 . 光眼,光學同調斷層掃描儀器3085可測量前房的深度,而放棄對眼睛 更廣泛的成像。或者,此前房深度測量可在掃描眼睛中的後侧構造之 前立即發生。 59 201014571 _]如上述詳細說明所述,在某些實施例之中,一 z轴偏移量調 整平台290a或290b是在-光學同調斷層婦描筛選或測試之前被調整 的,從而改魏睛被成像的部分。在某些情況下,—或多個光學同調 斷層掃描儀n娜的元件(例如z軸偏移量平台施或29〇b) 被移動直到-後側構造(例如視網膜)成像。树可能最初被定位 以成像_較_的構造,轉料觀步罐糾義構造被成像。 在某些情況下,儀器3085可因此先掃描一前側構造,並隨後掃描一後 側構造。舉例而t,在定位後側構造的一程序中,前側構造可被成像。 在某些情況下,後侧構造是在前側構造之前(例如緊接在其之前)被 成像。 剛在步驟3〇2〇中,一眼科輸出是基於光學同調斷層掃描測量 來決疋。在某些情況下,光學同調斷層掃描儀器3〇85的電子裝置 決定眼科輸出。值得注意的是,在此實例之中,雖然電子裝置耵㈨是 被顯示在光學同調斷層掃描儀器3085之中,但在部分實施例之中,電 子裝置31GG是在-遠端裝置上。舉例而言,來自—掃描的資料可以被 發送到舰B 3075’並且舰胃3G75的電子裝置可分㈣料並決定眼 科輸出。在部分實關之+,電子裝置可以在光學關斷層掃描儀器 3085及在一遠端裝置兩者中。 [0175]輸出的類型可取決於在3〇〇5步驟中所收到的資訊。輸出可 以是定量的(quantitative)或定性的(qualitative)。舉例而言,除了其 它的事項以外,輸出可以包括如一視網膜前膜、黃斑部裂孔、囊狀黃 斑部水腫、硬性滲出斑(hard exudates )、新生血管(neovasculgrizati〇n )、 視網膜内微血管異常、 棉絮狀斑點(cottonwool spots)、微動脈瘤(micr〇aneurysms)、視網膜 内出血(ifltraretinal hemorrhages)、視網膜下積液、視網膜下組織、視 網膜下出血、視網臈色素上皮細胞剝離、玻璃膜疣或視網膜色素上皮 細胞萎縮等構造的存在。還可以包括如前房深度或視網膜中央窩厚度 (fovealthickness)等測量。也可包括自許多光學同調斷層掃描的A掃 201014571 - 描所收集到的總體測量(aggregatedmeasurement),如黃斑部體積、神 • 經纖維層體積、視神經盤杯體積、視網膜下積液體積、玻璃膜疣體積、 玻璃膜疣面積和地圖狀萎縮面積》這些測量可基於整體面積的掃描, 或從掃描點的一子集合(subset)二次取樣(subsampled)。輸出可包括 對構造的一計數,例如玻璃膜疣或微動脈瘤,或對構造基於其面積與 掃描總面積相比較或基於其體積相對於掃描組織總體積的一密度測 量。亦可以基於來自光學同調斷層掃描的A掃描資料本身的反射強 度。舉例而言,媒介清晰度(media ^化以)的測量可以仰賴光學同調 斷層掃描訊號強度,而硬性滲出斑的測量則可仰賴内及外視網膜令明 亮物件的強度值分佈。 [0176]輸出可以至少部分地基於在步驟3〇1〇中所載入的病患資 訊。舉例而言,輸出可以比較在步驟3〇15中所得到的測量與先前所得 到的測量。這種比較可包括一對位程序(alignmentpr〇cess),如遍及多 個掃描所得到的視網膜圖像的一對位。比較可以是遍及眼睛中的多個 位置的總體數值比較(例如面積、體積、總和或超出一區域如視網膜、 神經纖維層或視杯或其部分的累積數值)或是例如厚度或構造分類 (structureclassification)的逐點(p〇int_by_p〇int)數值比較。因此,如 寬度、面積、體積或厚度等大小的變化,以及新構造的出現皆可獲得 〇 辨認。之前得到的測量可以儲存在儲存元件3080上,其可以包含在光 學同調斷層掃描儀器3085及/或伺服器3〇乃之内。儲存的測量可以與 得到測量的一日期及/或時間或是指出例如掃描編號的一代碼(如由使 用者所輸入與一卡片相關的一代碼)相關。因此,在決定輸出時,最 新的掃描或另一參考掃描可以被識別而來自此掃描的資料可以被載入 (或從伺服器3〇75傳送)以作一比較。然後可以執行比較(例如藉由 電子裝置3100)。在某些情況下,一電腦可包括電子裝置31〇〇。因此, . 電腦可以用以執行一一步驟,此處所述的實施例中是由電子裝置31〇〇 • 執行。舉例而言,電腦可比較二或多個掃描、可比較一掃描與一門檻、 可以計算一測量的變化百分比率等。電腦可以包含在光學同調斷層掃 201014571 描儀器娜内。在部分實施例之中,電腦連接到光學同調斷層掃描儀 器3085。在部分實施例之中,電腦連接到词服器3〇75。在部分實施丫列 - 之中’伺服器包括電腦或至少其—部分。—種電腦可讀取齡 . (comput㈣adable medium)還可以包括執行此處所述步驟的指引說 明(instruction)。 [0177] 根據上述’系統可包括軟體用以決定眼科輸出及/或將測量 與其他光學同調斷層掃描測量(例如之前得自於病患的測量或基準測 量)進行比較。此軟鳢可在如一錬器的一遠端位置。原始影像資料 或取出的數值資料可被傳送到如鎌器的遠端位置,並且在此遠端位 置執行計算及/或比較。在部分實施例之中,與先前測試對應的資料不 需要被發送至光學關斷層掃描系統,例如在如舰器的遠端位置執 Θ 订比較的情況。在部分實施例之中,在光學同調斷層掃描儀器和如伺 服器的-遠端位置皆執行分析。因此,光學同調斷層掃描儀器和遠端 位置中皆可包含適當的軟體。 [0178] 輸出可以包括—機率,例如—症狀惡化中或改善中的機率。 輸出可包括一項信賴度測量(c〇nfldenceme酿e)。又例如,輸出可以 指出-眼科症狀惡财、改#中或是保持大致相同。輸出可以包括一 預,申請。舉例而言,若基於光學同調斷層掃描資料決定已經發生一 特疋變化或已經超過―門檻,包括―預約巾請的輸出可被發送至—健❹ [Fig. 20] shows an optical homomorphic tomography system j program 3000' and Fig. 21 shows a two block diagram of an optical coherence tomography system lion. The line of the components of the system fiber shows the connection between the tillers. In some embodiments, the connection is in the secret t, and in some embodiments, other connections exist. The connection may be a direct physical connection, a virtual connection, a physical network connection (e.g., using a telephone line), and/or a wireless network connection. Other connection types are also possible. In some cases, system 3050 includes other components not shown in FIG. 21, and in some cases, system 3〇5〇 does not include one or more of the components shown in FIG. Similarly, in some cases, program 3000 does not include one or more of the steps shown in Figure 20 and/or includes other steps. The steps of the program may also be rearranged. [0166] In step 3005 of routine 3000, information relating to an ophthalmic symptom can be received. The information can be read by reading a data storage device such as a card having a magnetic strip, a smart card, or a USB device. Information can be received electronically, wirelessly, or received over a network (eg, via an internet connection). [0167] Information can be received by an input device 3055 of system 3050. For example, input device 3055 may include a receiver 3060 (e.g., a wireless receiver). Receiver 3060 can be connected to a regional or remote network, such as the Internet. Although in some embodiments, receiver 3060 receives signals from a wireless device, it is not in other embodiments. For example, receiver 3060 can be used to receive a telephone line. Input device 3055 can include a card reader 3065. Input device 3055 can include a USB drive reader 3070. In some cases, the input device receives (e.g., '57 201014571 through receiver 3060) information from a server 3075. For example, a physician can send information to server 3075. The server can store information and can then transmit information to the input device when a user is ready for a scan. For example, the user can enter an identification code or can use a device containing an identification symbol, and the server 3075 can then send information corresponding to the user to the input device 3055. Although only one server is mentioned above, it is possible to use, for example, one or more servers or computers in a network. [0168] Information can identify a symptom or disease. For example, information can indicate that a patient is suffering from a specific condition (eg, with age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, diabetic retinopathy, or glaucoma). Information can indicate a past severity of a symptom, such as the severity of a symptom at a previous appointment. Information can indicate a threshold of symptoms (thresholdindication). For example, the information may indicate that the patient and/or a health care provider (e.g., a physician or optometrist) should be notified if the symptoms worsen to a particular amount predicted by a particular measurement. Thus, system 3050 may not need to screen for disease, but may monitor the progression of a particular condition. (However, in some embodiments, system 3050 simultaneously monitors at least one symptom and screens for one or more other symptoms). In some cases, program 3000 does not include a step 3005. [0169] In step 3010, patient information is loaded. Patient information can include a history related to ophthalmic symptoms. For example, patient information may include an optical coherence tomography measurement or an output from a previous scan associated with this measurement. Patient information may include health care provider information (eg, a name, address, email, and/or phone number of the patient's physician). In some cases, the health care provider information and/or the identification of a patient is received (e.g., along with the information received in step 3005). The identification symbol can include, for example, an identification code or a patient name. Information can be loaded by a storage component 3080 (e.g., a local or remote computer). For example, the information can be loaded from a local memory or can be received wirelessly by a server 3075 that can have information stored on a storage element 3080. In some cases, the information is loaded into a data storage device that can be provided for a patient, such as a smart card or a credit card. Therefore, the input device 3055 can receive patient information. In some cases, program 3000 does not include a step 3〇1〇. 58 201014571 . [G17G] In the age of 彳 t ' patient will be - Zhang Ka # insert - card reader. The card is encoded with a card = number or code. The card number or code is transmitted to a remote location, for example, a device that provides information about the symptoms, patient information, care provider information, and the like. [0171] Although only the single-storage element 3_ is shown in FIG. 21, there may be multiple storage elements. For example, a portion of the storage element 3080 can be physically coupled to the optical tonal tomography scanner H 3G85 or a plurality of aged components can be physically coupled to the feeder 3075 and - or a plurality of defective component faces can be physically coupled to the device. In some cases, the '-removable and non-removable storage device elements 3_ are connected to the optical 308 麟 麟 308 308 3085. Its (4) configuration is also feasible. [0172] Optical coherence tomography measurements can be obtained at 3〇15 t. These measurements can be any such measurements as described herein. Measurements can be obtained by an optical coherence tomography instrument 3085. The optical coherence tomography instrument Na may include elements as described herein, such as some of the elements associated with system 100. For example, the instrument 3085 can include an eyepiece 203, a light source 240'-interferometer 3〇9〇, a side device 3〇95, and/or an electronic device 31〇〇. The eyepiece 203 can be used to receive at least one of the eyes of the user. Light source 240 can be used to output light that is transmitted to the user's eyes via eyepiece 2G3. The interferometer can be used to induce optical interference by the light reflected from the eye of the user. The thinner 3095 can be set to interfere with the G Zhuangxian. The electronic device is logically coupled to the fine nna and can be used to analyze optical tonal tomography measurements obtained by the interferometer 3090 described herein, and/or can be used to determine and detail a state correlation of subsequent ophthalmic symptoms. One ophthalmology turns out. For example, optical tonal tomography instrument 3085 can obtain sputum scans, B-scans, or stereo optical tomography data. In some cases, the type of spur optical tonal tomographic scan measurement depends on information about the ocular condition (〇pticalc〇nditi〇n), such as the information received at step 3005. For example, if a patient is suffering from a narrow-angle green eye, the optical coherence tomography instrument 3085 can measure the depth of the anterior chamber and abandon a wider imaging of the eye. Alternatively, the anterior chamber depth measurement can occur immediately prior to scanning the posterior side of the eye. 59 201014571 _] As described in the above detailed description, in some embodiments, a z-axis offset adjustment platform 290a or 290b is adjusted prior to screening or testing of the optical coherence tomography, thereby changing Wei The part of the eye that is imaged. In some cases, the elements of the optical tonal tomography scanner (e.g., the z-axis offset platform or 29〇b) are moved until the posterior configuration (e.g., the retina) is imaged. The tree may initially be positioned to image the structure of the _ _ _, and the reticle canister image is imaged. In some cases, instrument 3085 can thus scan a front side configuration and then scan a back side configuration. By way of example, in a procedure for positioning the rear side configuration, the front side configuration can be imaged. In some cases, the posterior configuration is imaged prior to the front side configuration (e.g., immediately prior to it). Just in step 3〇2〇, an ophthalmic output is based on optical coherence tomography measurements. In some cases, the electronics of the optical coherence tomography instrument 3〇85 determine the ophthalmic output. It is to be noted that in this example, although the electronic device (nine) is shown in the optical coherence tomography instrument 3085, in some embodiments, the electronic device 31GG is on the on-far device. For example, the data from the scan can be sent to the ship B 3075' and the electronic device of the ship stomach 3G75 can be divided into four materials and determine the ophthalmic output. In some practical respects, the electronic device can be in both the optical shutdown scanning instrument 3085 and a remote device. [0175] The type of output may depend on the information received in step 3. The output can be quantitative or qualitative. For example, the output may include, among other things, a retinal anterior membrane, macular holes, saccular macular edema, hard exudates, neovascularization (neovasculgrizati〇n), intravascular microvascular abnormalities, cotton wool. Cotton wool spots, micro aneurysms (micr〇aneurysms), intraretinal hemorrhages (ifltraretinal hemorrhages), subretinal fluid, subretinal tissue, subretinal hemorrhage, retinal pigment epithelial cell stripping, drusen or retinal pigment The presence of structures such as atrophy of epithelial cells. Measurements such as anterior chamber depth or fovealthickness may also be included. It can also include A-scan 201014571 from many optical coherence tomography scans - aggregated measurements collected, such as macular volume, volume of the meridian layer, optic disc volume, subretinal fluid volume, glass membrane疣 Volume, Glass Membrane Area, and Mapped Atrophy Area These measurements can be based on a scan of the overall area, or subsampled from a subset of scan points. The output can include a count of the configuration, such as a drusen or microaneurysm, or a measure of the density based on its area compared to the total area scanned and based on its volume relative to the total volume of the scanned tissue. It is also possible to base the reflection intensity of the A-scan data itself from the optical coherence tomography scan. For example, media sharpness measurements can rely on optical coherence tomographic signal intensities, while hard exudation measurements can rely on the distribution of intensity values of the inner and outer retinas to brighten objects. [0176] The output may be based at least in part on the patient information loaded in step 3〇1〇. For example, the output can compare the measurements obtained in step 3〇15 with the previously obtained measurements. This comparison may include a pair of alignment procedures, such as a pair of bits of the retinal image obtained over multiple scans. The comparison can be an overall numerical comparison across multiple locations in the eye (eg, area, volume, sum or cumulative value beyond a region such as the retina, nerve fiber layer or cup or portion thereof) or, for example, thickness or structural classification (structureclassification) The point-by-point (p〇int_by_p〇int) value comparison. Therefore, changes such as the width, area, volume, or thickness, and the appearance of new structures can be recognized. The previously obtained measurements can be stored on storage element 3080, which can be included within optical tonal tomography instrument 3085 and/or server 3. The stored measurements may be associated with a date and/or time at which the measurement was taken or a code indicating, for example, a scan number (e.g., a code associated with a card entered by the user). Thus, when determining the output, the most recent scan or another reference scan can be identified and the data from this scan can be loaded (or transmitted from server 3〇75) for comparison. The comparison can then be performed (e.g., by electronic device 3100). In some cases, a computer can include an electronic device 31. Thus, the computer can be used to perform one step, which is performed by the electronic device 31 in the embodiments described herein. For example, the computer can compare two or more scans, compare one scan to one threshold, calculate a percentage change rate of a measurement, and the like. The computer can be included in the optical coherence tomography sweep in 201014571. In some embodiments, the computer is coupled to an optical coherence tomography scanner 3085. In some embodiments, the computer is connected to the word processor 3〇75. In the partial implementation queue - the 'server' includes a computer or at least a part thereof. A computer readable age (comput medium) may also include an instruction to perform the steps described herein. [0177] The system according to the above may include software for determining ophthalmic output and/or comparing measurements to other optical coherence tomography measurements (e.g., measurements previously taken from a patient or a baseline measurement). This soft palate can be at a remote location such as a device. The raw image data or the retrieved data can be transferred to a remote location such as a sputum where calculations and/or comparisons are performed. In some embodiments, the data corresponding to the previous test need not be sent to the optical shutdown scanning system, such as in the case of a remote location such as a ship. In some embodiments, the analysis is performed at both the optical coherence tomography instrument and the remote location, such as a servo. Therefore, appropriate software can be included in both the optical tonal tomography instrument and the remote location. [0178] The output may include a probability, for example, a probability of worsening or improving. The output can include a measure of confidence (c〇nfldenceme brewing e). For another example, the output can be pointed out - the ophthalmologic symptoms are bad, change # or remain roughly the same. The output can include a pre-application. For example, if it is determined based on the optical coherence tomography data that a special change has occurred or has exceeded the threshold, the output including the "scheduled towel" can be sent to - Jian

康照顧提供者。輸出還可以包括對一轉介或一預約所作的一建議的一 Q 指標。 [0179] 在步驟3025中,提供眼科輸出給一健康照顧提供者及/或病 〜、眼科輸出可以輸出自一輸出裝置31〇5,如一傳送器311〇 (例如一 ‘.、、線網路傳送器(Wlreless netw〇rk)、一電子傳送器(dectr〇nic 、一印表機3115、一電話元件3i2〇、一顯示器助及/ 或傳真元件3130。眼科輸出可被儲存在一儲存元件3_ (例如一卸 . 除式儲存tl件)上,如一光碟或一腦隨身碟(usBkey)。在某些情 . 況下’儲存元件3080可被發送(直接地或間接地 ,如經過使用者)至 62 201014571 健康,,,'顧提供者。通知可包括—定量的或定㈣轉輸丨變數的一 輸出。在某些情況下’只有在症狀可能為惡化中、症狀可能為改善中 及/或眼科輸出變數跨過—門檻時,才會對健賴顧提供者和病患其中 ^兩者通头在某些情況下,眼科輸出本身指出與光學同調斷層 掃描師變數跨過⑩。Η檻可讀預先定義(例如包含於 tfH5/所接收到的資訊或與—特定眼科症狀有關的一組門 Γ變數可Γ/括對φ轉雖老年黃斑部病變的—個者而言,眼科輸 出變數了以包括-中心視網膜厚度(central retinal此咖挪),且 ==了所決定的厚度加上100微米(micron)。門檻與門 置如在—魏器進行。如果超簡插,健康照Kang care provider. The output may also include a suggested Q indicator for a referral or an appointment. [0179] In step 3025, the ophthalmic output is provided to a health care provider and/or the disease output, and the ophthalmic output can be output from an output device 31〇5, such as a transmitter 311 (eg, a '., line network) A transmitter (Wlreless netw〇rk), an electronic transmitter (dectr〇nic, a printer 3115, a telephone component 3i2〇, a display aid and/or a fax component 3130. The ophthalmic output can be stored in a storage component 3_ (eg, a dismounting storage tl piece), such as a disc or a brain drive (usBkey). In some cases, the storage element 3080 can be sent (directly or indirectly, such as through a user). To 62 201014571 Health,,, 'Guide to provider. Notifications may include - quantitative or fixed (four) one output of the 丨 variable. In some cases 'only if the symptoms may be worse, the symptoms may be improved and / Or when the ophthalmic output variable crosses the threshold, it will only be available to both the provider and the patient. In some cases, the ophthalmic output itself indicates that the optical coherence tomographer variable crosses 10. Readable pre-defined (eg The information contained in tfH5/ or a set of threshold variables associated with specific ophthalmic symptoms may be included in the ocular transection of the senile macular lesions, including o-center retina Thickness (central retinal), and == the determined thickness plus 100 micron (micron). The threshold and the door are placed in the -wei device. If super simple, health photo

ΐΓί 抗血管MM (antiHu_iaI growth f論,祕veGF)祕進行重新治療(时細㈣。在 子之中,眼科輸㈣數本身即為門檀是否被跨過的一指標。 ==例而言’藉由顯示輸出在例如—登幕的—顯示器助 =病患^_科_的通知。輸出還可以由—印表機3ii5列印。 輸=以被列印在紙上或在—資料儲存裝置的—表面上。舉例而古, =患最初可以插入-張卡片到系統中。系統可以讀取卡片以識別一眼 的相關資訊。然後系統可以在卡片的表面上列印眼科輪 況下,病患被指示將卡片退還給-健康照顧提供者,例 L = Γ醫師(。phthalmologist),以使其可以閱讀列印· 確雜序已完t日期和訊也會隨著輸出—起 某些情況下,只有日期和時間資訊被列印。 在 部分實_之中’傳_健康照顧脖°在 '概供者的輪料包括病患的姓名。 替代的方案疋傳送可包括1患的識麟號, 提供給病患的卡片的代碼。因此,在 』如由健康‘疏域者 照顧提供者情形下,病患之隱私可=送:是-第三者而非健康 健康照顧提供者(例如通過電子郵二^重°降輪出可以電子化發送到 郅件)在一情況下,系統3〇5〇以電 63 201014571 藉由—傳送器)輪出至健賴 二印表機3115列印,並_健康照顧提供者。在—J 由 專真到健康照顧提供者。輸出可以被傳 ^ 者。舉例而今,hif 輸出聲音化發送到健康照顧提供 t舉例而.系、統可包括一自動電話元件迎 -電話而傳達到健康照顧提供者。在另一例子之 ==ΐΓί Anti-vascular MM (antiHu_iaI growth f theory, secret veGF) secret re-treatment (time fine (4). Among the children, the ophthalmic loss (four) number itself is an indicator of whether the door sand is crossed. == For example By displaying the output, for example, the notification of the display - the patient's helper ^_科_. The output can also be printed by the printer 3ii5. The input = to be printed on paper or in the data storage device - On the surface. For example, the original can insert a card into the system. The system can read the card to identify the relevant information at a glance. Then the system can print the ophthalmology on the surface of the card, the patient is Instruct the card to be returned to the health care provider, for example L = phthal Γ (.phthalmologist), so that it can read the print · the exact order has been completed t date and the news will also follow the output - in some cases, only The date and time information is printed. In the part of the actual _ _ _ health care neck ° in the 'supplier's wheel includes the patient's name. Alternative program 疋 transmission can include 1 suffering, provide The code for the card of the patient. Therefore, in the 』 In the case of a health's care provider, the patient's privacy can be = send: yes - a third party rather than a health care provider (for example, by e-mail, the e-mail can be sent electronically to the e-mail In one case, the system 3〇5〇 is powered by 63 201014571 by means of a transmitter) to the Jianlai 2 printer 3115 for printing, and _ health care provider. In -J from the truth to the health care provider. The output can be passed to the . For example, the hif output is sent to the health care provider. For example, the system can include an automatic telephone component to the health care provider. In another example ==

^傳送(例如藉由—輸出裝置施)輸出到健康照顧提供 。仍疋在其他實施例之巾’ f繼絲娜發送職㈣聽,輸 被決定織輸出被傳送(例如經過—輸出裝置3 ,。舰器可例如利用—網路傳送輸朗健康照顧提供 5 ’輸出可以被提供於—(例如以密碼保護的)的網際網路網站上。 健康照顧提供者可定膽查麟及/或可絲送—伽息⑷如一電話 或電子郵件訊息)以檢查網站。在某些情況下,系統3㈣具有以許多 ,方式將輸出進行輸出之能力,如此處所描賴軸,且—健康照顧 提供者指出接收輸出的—較佳紐。紐,藉由此較佳方法將輸出傳 送到健康照顧提供者。^ Transmit (for example, by means of an output device) to the health care provider. Still in other embodiments, the towel 'f is sent by Sina (4), and the output is transmitted (for example, through the output device 3, the ship can be used, for example, to provide 5 ' The output can be provided on an internet site (for example, password protected). The health care provider can check the website by arbitrarily checking and/or sending a gamma (4) such as a phone call or an email message. In some cases, System 3 (4) has the ability to output the output in a number of ways, such as the axis described herein, and - the health care provider indicates the preferred output of the received output. New, by this better method, the output is transmitted to the health care provider.

[0182] 因此,在各種實施例之中’輸出包括很多類型的輸出。舉例 而吕,輸出可包括代表儀器所偵測出的疾病的一預約申請、一摘要 (summary)報告、一單一 B掃描影像、多個B掃描影像或選定B掃 描影像,這些全部會被輸出至一健康照顧提供者,以及掃描的一確認 及一不同的摘要報告,這些全部會被輸出至使用者。 [0183] 在步驟3030中,眼科資料會被儲存。資料可以儲存在一儲 存元件3080。儲存元件3〇80可與一光學同調斷層掃描儀器3〇85及/或 如伺服器3075的一遠端位置相關聯。在某些情況下,眼科資料包括原 始光學同調斷層掃描資料。在某些情況下,眼科資料包括摘要資料, 64 201014571 例如此處所述的一眼科輸出。儲存的資料可以與病人相關聯(例如藉 由使用一病患識別符號)。 [0184]此處所述的系統3050可讓使用者在較少前往一健康照顧提 供者處時,仍能夠監控眼科症狀。罹患如老年黃斑部病變、糖尿病性 視網膜病變、視網膜血管閉塞症(retinal vaso-occlusive disease)、黃斑 部水腫、黃斑部裂孔、中心漿液性脈絡膜視網膜病變(central ser〇us chorioretinopathy)、視網膜前膜(epiretinalmembranes)、裂腔併視神經 盤小孔(schisis cavities associated with optic disc pits )、視網媒發炎性疾 病(retinal inflammatory diseases)、白内障及/或青光眼等眼科症狀的病 ❹ 患,尤其能受惠於使用系統3050。罹患乾性老年黃斑部病變的病患往 在會被建議使用一阿姆斯勒方格表(Amsler grid)。阿姆斯勒方格表與 棋盤(checkerboard)類似,但罹患老年黃斑部病變的一個體(ώ(1ίνί(1αίΐ1) 可能會發現,當注視一個點時,直線呈現波浪狀,並且部分線條會消 失不見。因此’藉由比較跨越一時間區段(time peri〇(J)所出現的網格, 病患可能可以估計他的疾病是發展中或改善中。然而,此種測試是高 度主觀的。系統3050的使用(尤其是頻繁使用)可以提供一疾病狀態 的一種替代客觀測量,且一健康照顧提供者可以決定一個特定的結 果,其可以導致再次前往健康照顧提供者處就醫的一建議。 Θ [0185]罹患濕性老年黃斑部病變的病患可能會接受頻繁、重複的抗 血管生長因子療法。治療的次數和/或頻率可基於病患眼睛結構上的狀 態(anatomical state )加以制定,以降低在一段給定時間内必須就醫的 總次數。舉例而言’如果由光學同調斷層掃描所測量到的中心視網膜 厚度增加至少100微米,如果新的或增加的囊狀水腫被偵測到,如果 視網膜下積液存在或是如果色素上皮細胞剝離的尺寸大幅 (substantially)增加時,可能就會指出要重新治療。藉 ♦ 由此處所述的光學同調斷層掃描系統3050來監控疾病,病患可以頻繁 • 地及方便地監控疾病特性,而省去到其眼睛保健提供者(eyecare provider)處不方便且昂責的就醫,然後在新的治療有必要或產生其他 65 201014571 危險症狀時’向一健康照顧提供者預定一預約。 [_如黃斑部水腫和青光眼等症狀的治療被輔以(aided)症狀的 頻繁監控。此躺述的絲__掃财統可以紐錄,從而允 許更頻繁的監控及/或降低對絲及/或鶴贿提供者所造成的不 便。以青光眼而言,系統能提供更衫量區㈣料點以作為視神經和 神經纖維層的評估。 [0187]在部分實施例之中’提供了 一或多個資料儲存裝^,如卡片 (例如磁帶卡片、智慧卡、USB衫)。資料可藉由鮮f料傳送技術 Mandard data transferring technique),如藉由使用一電腦或一磁條編碼 器(magnetic strip encoder)及藉由尚待發展的資料傳送及儲存裝置, 傳送至裝置。資料儲存裝置可用以儲存一眼科症狀、一病患及/或一健 康照顧提供者的相關資訊。在-情況下,裝置用以從一健康照顧提供 者或-健康照顧提供者的-代理機構接收資訊^要從健康照顧提供者 接收的資訊可以包括病患識別資訊,例如病患姓名或一病患識別符號 (例如編號)。資訊可指出病患正罹患或有風險會罹患的一眼科症狀。 資訊可指&quot;要(interest)的-特定眼侧量(_eular _thalmic measurement)(例如一前房深度、黃斑部體積、視神經盤杯體積或神經 纖維層體積)或一重要特徵(concerning feature)(例如視網膜下積液、 黃斑部裂孔、視網臈新生血管、囊狀空間、色素上皮細胞剝離)。資訊 可指出一目前的眼科測量及/或一門檻或測量的其他標準(criteria)。門 檻可以是絕對或相對的。資訊可包括健康照顧提供者的相關資訊,例 如其名稱、業務、專長 '協會(associati〇n)、地址、電子郵件、傳真 號碼及/或電話號碼。資訊可包括與掃描時間有關的資訊。舉例而言, 資訊可以指出病患將要在一時間區段内接收一次掃描或將要接收一特 定次數的掃描。在某些情況下,一系統將比較在裝置上的時間區段與 目前時間,如果目前時間在時間區段内,則只執行一光學同調斷層掃 描掃描及7或只接受此設備。資訊可指出一掃描類型(例如完整或部分 的)或一掃描特性(例如被成像的一解析度(res〇lution)或區域)。 66 201014571 一 [0188]在某些情況ητ,資料鱗裝置被配置為重覆使用 。舉例而 吕,病患可被建議根據一特定的行程(例如每週一次為期十週,或每 兩週-次直到達到—掃機果為止)接轉描,以及病患可為每次掃 描視察(scanvisit)使用相同卡片。在某些情況下,軟體或一元件(例 如電子元件或#欺保護元件(fraud protection component))用以決定 疋否相同的縣正在重複使用卡#,赠止彡人欺祕的(恤祕扯) 使用此卡片。在這種情形下,個體獨有的圖案,如他們的視網膜血管 圖案(retinal vessel pattern),可在多次就醫時進行比較,以確保每次被 掃為的疋Π人。為達到此目的,其他生物測量(biometric measurement)亦可以被發展或實施。在某些情況下,在掃描病患眼睛 之前,系統用以要求於資料儲存裝置上所指定的一時間區段内使用資 料儲存裝置(例如卡片)。在某些情況下,資料儲存裝置(例如卡片) 被配置為只能使用一次。系統可以用以接受資料儲存裝置而不將它歸 還(沒收它)’從而使病患無法再次使用它。或者,系統可以改變資料 儲存裝置(例如一軟體元件,磁帶上的資料)的一部分,如此使得系 統不會接受在一單次使用之後的資料儲存裝置,在單次使用之後的資 料儲存裝置插入之後也不會執行另一次掃描。多個卡片可以發給根據 一特定的行程(例如每週一次為期十週,或每兩週一次直到達到一掃 描結果為止)接收掃描的一病患,且此病患可例如於每次掃描視察時 使用一張卡片。(值得注意的是’在部分實施例之中,一次就座(sitting) 可以提供多次掃描,例如調查(inVestigate)眼睛的多個區域。) [0189] 如以上所述,資料儲存裝置(例如卡片)可以包括一可書寫 的表面(writable surface)。因此’系統可以在資料儲存裝置上列印一 結果。結果可以包括一個確認結果(conflation result ),其可確認(例 如向健康照顧提供者)掃描已被執行^確認結果可以包括一曰期及/或 一時間。結果可以包括一眼科輸出或其他掃描的結果。 [0190] 在狹角或隅角閉鎖型(angle-closure)青光眼中,一阻隔 (block)或引流管(drainage canaj)的阻塞(〇bstnjcti〇n)可導致眼壓 67 201014571 一慢性或急性的增加。如此的阻隔可在虹膜推擠眼睛的水晶體時發 . 生’且虹膜和水晶體甚至可能會黏在一起。狹角型青光眼在如中國和 印度等地區非常普遍(highly prevalent)。因此,識別一病患是否有正 在發展這種症狀的風險是有利的。前房的深度可與狹角型青光眼的發 生有關聯,一般罹患狹角型青光眼的病患有比對照的對象較短的前房 深度。參閱例如Lavanya等人在2008年5月15日所出版的 Ophthalmology 期刊中所發表的“Screening for naiT〇w angles in the Singapore population, evaluation of new noncontact screening methods’’·一 文,其整體内容被引用至此作為參考。此深度可以角膜後側表面 (posterior comeal surface)和水晶體囊前侧(anterior lens capsule)之 間的距離來計算。前房深度的前側邊界(anterior border)可以角膜前 ® 側表面(anteriorcomealsurface)或角膜基質(comealstroma)内部來 取代。前房深度的後側邊界(posterior border)可以水晶體本體(lens body)來取代。角膜厚度(例如一中央角膜厚度)也可指出一病患是 否正罹患或有風險會罹患青光眼(例如:廣角型青光眼)。中央角膜厚 度可以在角膜中心的角膜前側及後側表面之間的距離來測量。 [0191]因此’此處所揭露的一系統(例如系統1〇〇、3〇5〇)可用於 篩選出青光眼,例如狹角型青光眼及廣角型青光眼。自我管理的光學 同調斷層掃描測試可以在已診斷出或尚未診斷出具有青光眼的病患纟 上執行。系統100、3050可以指出病患正罹患一青光眼症狀、有罹患 Ο 一青光眼症狀的風險或可以提供症狀的一嚴重程度或病況的一指標。 [〇m]系統:L〇0、3〇5〇可以,例如測量一使用者的前房深度或角膜 厚度,以及進行此深度與一門檻深度或厚度的比較,以決定使用者是 否正罹患或有罹患一青光眼症狀的風險。如果深度或厚度超出一門檻 或其他標準,-輸出指出可依此輸出顺用者及/或—健康照顧提供 者。輸出可以指出測量到的深度或厚度、可以指出測量到的資料在— 特定的範圍内、可以指出測量到的資料超出一門檻或其它標準及/或可 指出使用者正罹患-青光眼症狀或視神經疾病(〇ptic n㈣此〇此) * 68 201014571 的一機率。其他的輪出亦可被提供。值得注意的是,在某些情況下,「超 過-門播」包括被大於門權’而在其他條件下則包括小於門播。舉例 而言,在狹角型青光眼的例子中,較小的前房深度與症狀相關聯,因 此超出門櫪可意味著測量的深度小於門檻。一門檻可包括約35毫米、 3.3毫米、3_1毫米、3·〇毫米、2·9毫米、2 8毫米、2 7毫米、2 6毫米、 2.5毫米、2.4毫米、2.3毫米、2.2毫米、2.1毫米、2.〇毫米、15毫米 或1,〇毫米的一前房深度。值得注意的是,門檻值可平衡敏感性 (sensitivity)與特異性(specificity),如此使得部分門檻更容易偵測出 一疾病的所有事件,但也更容易包括誤測(falsep〇sitive),而其他門檻 谷易遺漏疾病的真實事件,但也將涉及較少的誤測。基於一測量超出 一門檻多遠或測量超出多數門檻中的那一個,輸出可以指出病患正罹 患一種疾病的一機率。然而,在各種實施例之中,一風險評估是會被 提供的。 [0193] —個光學同調斷層掃描測量可以指出罹患一症狀的一風 險。在某些情況下,測量和具有症狀的一機率之間的一關聯可以被建 立(例如 對一的關係(monotonic relationship ))。這種關係可以基 於以經驗為依據的資料(empiricaldata)而被建立。因此,測量可以轉 換成機率或罹患疾病的風險。在某些情況下,測量與之後會具有症狀 的機率之間的一關聯可以被建立》因此’可作預防性測量(preventa^jve measure)以降低此機率。在某些情況下,一些測量範圍可被建立,每 個範圍與(目前或未來)具有症狀的一機率相關。 [0194] 在許多實施例之中,系統1〇〇、3050可例如測量前房深度或 一使用者的一角膜厚度,以及以此深度與一先前所測量到的深度或厚 度作比較’以決定症狀是否為改善中或惡化中。先前所測量到的資料 可以從一儲存元件載入。輸出可以指出症狀改善中、惡化中或大致相 同。輸出可以將一與症狀相關的測量的一變化加以量化。輸出可指出 變化是否超出一門檻量。 [0195] 在某些情況下,眼睛的前側段藉由z軸偏移量調整台290 69 201014571 的適當定位而成像。在某些情況下,掃描的品質至少部分地決定了哪 些結構上的構造(anatomical structure)是用於定義前房距離的邊界。 當品質為高時,角膜後侧表面和水晶體前側表面(anterior lens surface ) 可以分別當作前側及後側邊界,然而當品質為低時,角膜基質可以被 替換作為前側邊界及/或水晶體本體可以被替換作為後側邊界。 [0196] 在某些情況下,一 a掃描可以用來決定一厚度或深度。但 疋,深度或厚度可取決於掃描的一徑向位置。因此,可以獲得一 B掃 描或一組A掃描,並且可為每個A掃描決定一第一厚度或深度。厚度 或深度的最大值或從眼睛的中心軸線起的一特定距離可以被決定為用 於比較或作為輸出的一有用厚度或深度。 [0197] 光學同調斷層掃描系統可定位一 z轴偏移量調整平台290, 從而調整眼睛被成像的部分’且之後可調整的光學器材21()可以聚焦 光束以使特疋的小區域可被清楚地成像。就部分光學同斷層掃 描的應用而言,得到通過眼晴小區域(例如_約二點二毫米的一轴 向,離)的掃描是令人嚮往的。特別為較小區域所設計的儀器能夠以 較高解析度將區域成像。但是,將掃描的範圍限侧如此的一短深度 可能會妨礙到擷取重要的-整個區域。舉例而言,通過22毫米的一深 ,向距離為的一個A掃描可能太小而無法將前房的一前侧及後側 邊界皆包含在A掃描中。在-情況下,可以得到較大的a掃描(例如 在Z方向超過約3或4毫米的距離),使㈣域的前側及後側邊界皆可 在某些情況下,系統被配置以使得所有掃描都延伸涵蓋較 度。在某些情況下,纽被配置錢得—特定區域(例如 則侧段)騎铸描延伸减較短範圍,從而 ,,區域。在某些情況下,系統被配置以使得—特 前的掃描可延伸涵蓋—較長或—較短 深度。在某些情形下,可得到—區域的較長 下執 [醜]在另-例子中,得到多個掃描,各掃描在—不同深度 201014571 • 行。舉例而言…第—次掃描可調整至少-光學元件,以對一區域的 伊前側邊界成像,而一第二掃描可調整至少一元件,以在一後侧邊界 成像。舉例而言’ Z軸偏移量調整平台290及可調整的光學器材 可被定位,以使角膜後侧表面被成像,且可以得到_ A掃描。然後,z 軸偏移量調整平台290與可調整的光學器材210可以被定位/以使水 晶體前側表面被成像,且可以得到另一 A掃描。結構上的特徵之間的 距離可基於在A掃描内特徵的不同位置與Z軸偏移量調整平台的不同 位置的組合而被決定。 [0199] 在某些情況下,藉由對選㈣份或前房的可能為—相當大部 0 份的寬度或整個寬度成像,可得到多個A掃描。在這些情況下,可以 決定周邊前房深度(peripheral chamber depth)、角幾何(angle ge〇metfy) 及/或角結構。這些測量可用以決定病患正罹患一種症狀(例如狹角型 青光眼),病患有罹患一種症狀的風險,或可以提供症狀的一嚴重程度 或病況的一指標。 [0200] 其他變化亦為可行。舉例而言,因中央角膜厚度也可具有一 些預測值(而且可以由測量角膜前側及後側表面之間的距離所計算 出),這項測量也可能用來篩選出廣角型青光眼。 [0201] 上述所有方法及程序可經由一或多部一般用途電腦(软此^^ © purpose comPuter)或處理器所執行的軟體編碼模組(software code module)據以實施以及全自動化。編碼模組可儲存於任何類型的電腦 可辑取媒介或疋其他電腦错存裝置。部分或全部方法也可另以專業 (specialized )電腦硬體據以實施。 [0202] 雖然本發明已以某些實施例來討論,吾人應可體會出本發明 並非如此受限。此處的實施例是以實例方式進行解釋,而許多的修改、 , 變化及其他實施例可被應用,其將仍在本發明的範圍之内。可增加、 移除及/或重組元件。此外,可增加、移除或是重新排序處理步驟。許 • 多不同的設計及方式亦為可行。 71 201014571 [0203]為達成上述所揭露的效果,於此舉出數個本發明的觀點、優 勢以及新顆特徵以作說明。可以理解的是,上述的所有的優勢並不需 要與本發明的特定實施例對應即可據以實施。因此,舉例而言,熟悉 本項技藝者可發現’本發明可以一種方式據以實施,以達成一項或多 項此處所教示的優勢’但並不一定會達成此所處所教示或建議的其他 優勢。 【圖式簡單說明】 [0010] 本發明的上述或是其他特徵、觀點以及優勢以多個實施例,並 配合所附圖式’作上述詳細說明,其中圖式僅用以舉例說明’而非 0 用以限制本發明。本發明的圖式包含: [0011] 圖1為本發明所述的光學同調斷層掃描系統的一實施例的一示 意圖。 [0012] 圖2為一用以執行一眼睛的測量的干涉儀的一實施例的一示 意圖。 [0013] 圖3A為一光學同調斷層掃描系統的一實施例的一示意圖’其 包含一用以便於與一人的眼睛接觸(interferewith)的主體,此主體 與本發明所述的各種系統進行通訊(in communication with)。 _ [0014] 圖3B示意地繪示出圖3A中所示的主體之一實施例的一立體 圖。 [0015] 圖4為一用以分析來自用於光學同調斷層掃描的干涉儀的資 料的光譜儀的一實施例的一示意圖。 [0016] 圖5為一光學同調斷層掃描系統的主體的一示意圖,其包含一 用以為病人/對象展示一顯示標的的一單一顯示器。 [0017] 圖6A至6C繪示出使用光學同調斷層掃描以掃描視網膜組織 以產生A掃描及B掃描的示意圖。 72 201014571 [0018] 圖7A至7F繪示出調整及/或校正瞳孔距離的實施例的示意圖。 [0019] 圖8示意地繪示出本發明所述的光學同調斷層掃描系統的電 腦系統的一實施例的一方塊圖。 [0020] 圖9繪示出對視網膜組織進行精確測量以偵測特定疾病病徵 的一實施例的一流程圖。 [0021] 圖10A至10D繪示出一光學同調斷層掃描裝置的主體相對於 一使用者設置的可能實施例。 [0022] 圖11A至11B繪示出由光學同調斷層掃描裝置所產生的輸出 報告(outputreport)的可能實施例。 [0023] 圖12示意地繪示出本發明所述的一光學同調斷層掃描系統的 電腦系統的另一實施例的一方塊圖。 [0024] 圖13示意地繪示出本發明所述的一光學同調斷層掃描系統的 電腦系統的一實施例中的元件的一方塊圖。 [0025] 圖14A示意地繪示出決定一風險評估的一實施例的一圖表。 [0026] 圖14B為另一實施例中用以決定風險評估的視網膜疾病與視 網膜厚度的相對關係的一示意圖表。 [0027] 圖15為視網膜色素上皮細胞偵測與視網膜色素上皮細胞多項 式擬合曲率(polynomialfitcurvature)及其間差異的一示意圖。 [0028] 圖16為將視網膜組織區分為内部及外部視網膜組織區域的一 示意圖。 [0029] 圖17A至17C顯示出當光學同調斷層掃描系統相較於眼睛位 於太過_、⑽提_大猜的位置或是躲鴻㈣時所得到 的B掃描。 [0030] 圖18A至18C顯示出當光學同調斷層掃描系統位於太過前 側、位於提供增大視野驗置或是錄太過後㈣,光線執跡的交 叉點會在瞳孔之後、在瞳孔平面或是在瞳孔之前。 73 201014571 [0031] 圖19顯示出一光學同調斷層掃描系統與一對象/病患的一視網 膜之間的一適當工作距離的一實施例。 [0032] 圖20顯示出使用一光學同調斷層掃描系統以監控一眼科症狀 的程序。 [0033] 圖21為一光學同調斷層掃描系統的一實施例的一方塊圖,其 包含可用以監控一眼科症狀的一輸入裝置與一輸出裝置。 【主要元件符號說明】 100、3050 :系統 102、3105 :輸出裝置 104 :電腦系統 106 :主體 108 :通訊媒介 110 :遠端系統 112 :使用者卡片讀取系統 114 :使用者 116 :零重力臂 118 :把手 120 :目鏡杯 150、207、405 :光線 155、240 :光源 160、220a、220b、230a、230b、245、285a、285b、295a、295b : 分光鏡 165、600 :眼睛Thus, in various embodiments the output includes many types of outputs. For example, the output may include a reservation request representing a disease detected by the instrument, a summary report, a single B-scan image, multiple B-scan images, or selected B-scan images, all of which are output to A health care provider, along with a confirmation of the scan and a different summary report, will all be output to the user. [0183] In step 3030, the ophthalmic data will be stored. The data can be stored in a storage element 3080. The storage element 3 〇 80 can be associated with an optical coherence tomography instrument 3 〇 85 and/or a remote location such as server 3075. In some cases, ophthalmic data includes raw optical tomosynthesis data. In some cases, ophthalmic data includes summary data, 64 201014571 such as the one ophthalmic output described here. The stored data can be associated with the patient (eg by using a patient identification symbol). [0184] The system 3050 described herein allows a user to monitor ophthalmic symptoms while traveling less frequently to a health care provider. Suffering from age-related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, retinal vaso-occlusive disease, macular edema, macular hole, central ser〇 chorioretinopathy, retinal anterior membrane ( Epiretinal membranes, schisis cavities associated with optic disc pits, retinal inflammatory diseases, cataracts and/or glaucoma, especially for ophthalmic symptoms, especially System 3050 is used. Patients with dry age-related macular degeneration are advised to use an Amsler grid. The Amsler checklist is similar to the checkerboard, but one that suffers from age-related macular degeneration (ώίώ (1αίΐ1) may find that when looking at a point, the line appears wavy and some lines disappear No. So by comparing the grids that occur across time segments (time peri〇(J), patients may be able to estimate whether their disease is developing or improving. However, such testing is highly subjective. The use of system 3050 (especially for frequent use) can provide an alternative objective measure of a disease state, and a health care provider can determine a particular outcome that can lead to a recommendation to go to a health care provider again. [0185] Patients suffering from wet age-related macular degeneration may receive frequent, repeated anti-angiogenic factor therapy. The number and/or frequency of treatment may be based on the anatomical state of the patient's eye to Reduce the total number of medical treatments that must be taken at a given time. For example, 'if measured by optical coherence tomography Cardiac retinal thickness is increased by at least 100 microns. If new or increased cystic edema is detected, if subretinal fluid is present or if the size of pigment epithelial cell stripping increases substantially, it may be indicated that Treatment. By using the optical coherence tomography system 3050 described herein to monitor disease, patients can monitor disease characteristics frequently and conveniently, without the expense of their eye care provider. Responsible for medical treatment, and then book an appointment with a health care provider when new treatments are necessary or produce other 65 201014571 risk symptoms. [_ Treatments such as macular edema and glaucoma are supplemented with (aided) symptoms Frequent monitoring. This lying __ sweeping can be recorded, allowing more frequent monitoring and / or reducing the inconvenience caused to the silk and / or the bribe provider. In the case of glaucoma, the system can provide The dressing area (4) is used as an evaluation of the optic nerve and nerve fiber layers. [0187] In some embodiments, one or more data storage devices are provided. Cards (such as tape cards, smart cards, USB shirts). Data can be transferred by Mandard data transferring technique, such as by using a computer or a magnetic strip encoder and by waiting The development of data transmission and storage devices is transmitted to the device. The data storage device can be used to store information about an ophthalmologic condition, a patient and/or a health care provider. In the case, the device is provided from a health care provider. Information received by the health care provider or the health care provider. Information to be received from the health care provider may include patient identification information such as the patient's name or a patient identification symbol (eg, number). Information can indicate an ophthalmologic condition that the patient is suffering from or at risk. Information may refer to &quot;interest&apos; _eular _thalmic measurement (e.g., anterior chamber depth, macular volume, optic disc volume or nerve fiber layer volume) or a significant feature (concerning feature) ( For example, subretinal effusion, macular hole, retinal neovascularization, cystic space, pigment epithelial cell stripping). Information may indicate a current ophthalmic measurement and/or other criteria for a threshold or measurement. Doors can be absolute or opposite. Information can include information about health care providers such as their name, business, expertise 'associati〇n', address, email, fax number and/or phone number. Information can include information about the scan time. For example, the information may indicate that the patient will receive a scan within a time period or will receive a particular number of scans. In some cases, a system will compare the time zone on the device with the current time. If the current time is within the time zone, then only one optical coherence tomography scan is performed and 7 or only the device is accepted. The information may indicate a scan type (e.g., full or partial) or a scan characteristic (e.g., a resolution or region to be imaged). 66 201014571 A [0188] In some cases ητ, the data scale device is configured to be used repeatedly. For example, patients may be advised to follow a specific itinerary (for example, once a week for ten weeks, or every two weeks - until they reach - sweeping the fruit), and the patient can inspect for each scan. (scanvisit) uses the same card. In some cases, a software or a component (such as an electronic component or a fraud protection component) is used to determine whether the same county is reusing the card #, and the gift is deceived. ) Use this card. In this case, individual patterns, such as their retinal vessel pattern, can be compared at multiple visits to ensure that each time they are swept. To achieve this, other biometric measurements can also be developed or implemented. In some cases, prior to scanning the patient's eyes, the system is required to use a data storage device (e.g., a card) for a period of time specified on the data storage device. In some cases, data storage devices (such as cards) are configured to be used only once. The system can be used to accept the data storage device without returning it (confiscation) so that the patient cannot use it again. Alternatively, the system can change a portion of the data storage device (eg, a software component, data on the tape) such that the system does not accept the data storage device after a single use, after the data storage device is inserted after a single use No other scans will be performed. Multiple cards may be sent to a patient receiving a scan according to a particular itinerary (eg, ten weeks per week, or once every two weeks until a scan result is reached), and the patient may, for example, scan each scan Use a card when you use it. (It is worth noting that in some embodiments, a single sitting can provide multiple scans, such as investigating (inVestigate) multiple areas of the eye.) [0189] As described above, data storage devices (eg, The card) can include a writable surface. Therefore, the system can print a result on the data storage device. The result may include a conflation result that confirms (e. g., to a health care provider) that the scan has been performed. The confirmation result may include a period and/or a time. Results can include the results of an ophthalmic output or other scan. [0190] In a narrow-angle or angle-closure glaucoma, a block or drainage canaj block (〇bstnjcti〇n) can cause intraocular pressure 67 201014571 a chronic or acute increase. Such a barrier can occur when the iris pushes the lens of the eye. The iris and the crystal may even stick together. Narrow-angle glaucoma is highly prevalent in areas such as China and India. Therefore, it is advantageous to identify whether a patient is at risk of developing this condition. The depth of the anterior chamber may be associated with the development of narrow-angle glaucoma, which is generally shorter in patients with narrow-angle glaucoma than controls. See, for example, "Screening for naiT〇w angles in the Singapore population, evaluation of new noncontact screening methods", published in the Ophthalmology Journal published by Lavanya et al., May 15, 2008, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. For reference, this depth can be calculated from the distance between the posterior comeal surface and the anterior lens capsule. The anterior border of the anterior chamber depth can be the anterior comeral surface (anteriorcomealsurface) Or the interior of the corneal stroma (comealstroma). The posterior border of the anterior chamber depth can be replaced by a lens body. The thickness of the cornea (eg, a central corneal thickness) can also indicate whether a patient is suffering from a disease. There may be risks of glaucoma (eg, wide-angle glaucoma). The central corneal thickness can be measured at the distance between the anterior and posterior surfaces of the cornea at the center of the cornea. [0191] Thus a system disclosed herein (eg, System 1 〇〇, 3〇5〇) can be used to screen out glaucoma, for example Angle glaucoma and wide-angle glaucoma. Self-administered optical coherence tomography tests can be performed on patients with or without glaucoma diagnosed. System 100, 3050 can indicate that the patient is suffering from a glaucoma symptom and has an episode风险 The risk of a glaucoma symptom or an indicator of the severity or condition of the condition. [〇m] System: L〇0, 3〇5〇 can, for example, measure the anterior chamber depth or corneal thickness of a user, and A comparison of this depth to the depth or thickness of a threshold to determine if the user is suffering from or suffering from a glaucoma symptom. If the depth or thickness exceeds a threshold or other criteria, the output indicates that the output can be used accordingly. / or - health care provider. The output may indicate the measured depth or thickness, may indicate that the measured data is within a specific range, may indicate that the measured data exceeds a threshold or other criteria and/or may indicate the user Positive suffering - glaucoma symptoms or optic nerve disease (〇ptic n (four) this) * 68 201014571 a chance. Other rounds It may also be provided. It is worth noting that in some cases, "over-doorcast" includes being greater than the gate right' and in other cases including less than the gatecast. For example, in the case of narrow-angle glaucoma, a smaller anterior chamber depth is associated with symptoms, so exceeding the threshold can mean that the measured depth is less than the threshold. A threshold may include about 35 mm, 3.3 mm, 3_1 mm, 3·〇 mm, 2·9 mm, 28 mm, 2 7 mm, 26 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.1 mm. 2. A anterior chamber depth of 〇 mm, 15 mm or 1, 〇 mm. It is worth noting that the threshold value balances sensitivity and specificity, which makes it easier for some thresholds to detect all events of a disease, but it is also easier to include false detections (falsep〇sitive). Other thresholds are easy to miss the real event of the disease, but will also involve less misdetection. Based on how far a measurement exceeds a threshold or measures that exceeds most thresholds, the output can indicate a probability that the patient is suffering from a disease. However, among various embodiments, a risk assessment will be provided. [0193] An optical coherence tomography measurement can indicate a risk of suffering from a symptom. In some cases, an association between the measurement and a probability of having symptoms can be established (e.g., a monotonic relationship). This relationship can be established based on empirical data (empirical data). As a result, measurements can be converted to odds or risk of disease. In some cases, an association between the measurement and the probability of having symptoms later can be established so that a preventive measure can be taken to reduce this chance. In some cases, some measurement ranges can be established, each range being associated with a (current or future) symptomatic probability. [0194] In many embodiments, the system 1A, 3050 can, for example, measure the anterior chamber depth or a corneal thickness of a user, and the depth can be compared to a previously measured depth or thickness. Whether the symptoms are improving or worsening. Previously measured data can be loaded from a storage component. The output can indicate that the symptoms are improving, worsening, or roughly the same. The output can quantify a change in a symptom-related measurement. The output can indicate if the change exceeds a threshold. [0195] In some cases, the front side of the eye is imaged by proper positioning of the z-axis offset adjustment stage 290 69 201014571. In some cases, the quality of the scan determines, at least in part, which structural anatomical structures are used to define the boundaries of the anterior chamber distance. When the quality is high, the posterior surface of the cornea and the anterior lens surface can be regarded as the anterior and posterior borders respectively. However, when the quality is low, the corneal stroma can be replaced as the anterior border and/or the hydrometeor body can be Replaced as the back side boundary. [0196] In some cases, an a-scan can be used to determine a thickness or depth. However, the depth or thickness may depend on a radial position of the scan. Thus, a B scan or a set of A scans can be obtained and a first thickness or depth can be determined for each A scan. The maximum thickness or depth or a particular distance from the central axis of the eye can be determined as a useful thickness or depth for comparison or as an output. [0197] The optical coherence tomography system can position a z-axis offset adjustment platform 290 to adjust the portion of the eye that is imaged' and then the adjustable optical device 21() can focus the beam such that a small area of the feature can be Clearly imaged. For some applications of optical tomographic scanning, it is desirable to have a scan through a small area of the eye (e.g., about one axis, about two millimeters). Instruments designed especially for smaller areas are capable of imaging areas with higher resolution. However, limiting the extent of the scan to such a short depth may hinder the capture of the important - entire area. For example, with a depth of 22 mm, an A-scan of distance to distance may be too small to include both the front and back borders of the anterior chamber in the A-scan. In the case, a larger a-scan can be obtained (for example, a distance of more than about 3 or 4 mm in the Z direction) so that both the front and back boundaries of the (four) domain can be configured in some cases to make all Scanning extends to cover the degree of comparison. In some cases, the New Zealand is configured to have money—a specific area (for example, a side section) that rides the casting extension to a shorter range, and thus, the area. In some cases, the system is configured such that a particular scan can be extended to cover - longer or - shorter depths. In some cases, it can be obtained - the longer of the area [ug] in the other - example, get multiple scans, each scan at - different depths 201014571 • lines. For example, the first scan can adjust at least the optical element to image the front side boundary of an area, and a second scan can adjust at least one element to image at a back side boundary. For example, the 'Z-axis offset adjustment platform 290 and the adjustable optical device can be positioned such that the posterior corneal surface is imaged and an _A scan can be obtained. The z-axis offset adjustment platform 290 and the adjustable optical fixture 210 can then be positioned/imaged to the front side of the crystal and another A-scan can be obtained. The distance between the features on the structure can be determined based on the combination of different locations of the features within the A-scan and different positions of the Z-axis offset adjustment platform. [0199] In some cases, multiple A-scans may be obtained by imaging the width of the selected (four) copies or the anterior chamber, which may be - a substantial portion of the width or the entire width. In these cases, the peripheral chamber depth, angle ge〇metfy, and/or angular structure can be determined. These measurements can be used to determine whether a patient is suffering from a condition (such as a narrow-angle glaucoma), a risk of developing a condition, or an indication of the severity or condition of the condition. [0200] Other variations are also possible. For example, because the central corneal thickness can also have some predictive value (and can be calculated from the distance between the anterior and posterior surfaces of the cornea), this measurement may also be used to screen for wide-angle glaucoma. [0201] All of the above methods and programs can be implemented and fully automated via one or more general purpose computers (software code modules) executed by a processor or a processor. The encoding module can be stored in any type of computer. The media can be captured or misplaced on other computers. Some or all of the methods can also be implemented with specialized computer hardware. [0202] While the invention has been discussed in terms of certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention is not limited. The embodiments herein are explained by way of example, and many modifications, variations and other embodiments may be employed, which are still within the scope of the invention. Elements can be added, removed, and/or reassembled. In addition, processing steps can be added, removed, or reordered. Xu • Many different designs and methods are also available. 71 201014571 [0203] In order to achieve the above-described effects, several aspects, advantages, and novel features of the present invention are described herein. It will be understood that all of the above advantages are not necessarily required to be implemented in accordance with a particular embodiment of the invention. Thus, for example, those skilled in the art will recognize that the present invention may be implemented in a manner that achieves one or more of the advantages disclosed herein, but does not necessarily achieve other advantages as taught or suggested herein. . BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0010] The above-described or other features, aspects, and advantages of the present invention are set forth in the accompanying drawings, 0 is used to limit the invention. The drawings of the present invention include: [0011] Figure 1 is a schematic illustration of an embodiment of an optical coherence tomography system of the present invention. [0012] FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration of an embodiment of an interferometer for performing measurements of an eye. 3A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an optical coherence tomography system that includes a body for facilitating contact with a person's eyes, the body being in communication with various systems of the present invention (FIG. 3A). In communication with). [0014] FIG. 3B schematically depicts a perspective view of one embodiment of the body shown in FIG. 3A. [0015] FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a spectrometer for analyzing data from an interferometer for optical coherence tomography. [0016] FIG. 5 is a schematic illustration of the body of an optical coherence tomography system including a single display for displaying a display target for a patient/object. 6A to 6C are schematic diagrams showing the use of optical coherence tomography to scan retinal tissue to produce A-scan and B-scan. 72 201014571 [0018] FIGS. 7A through 7F illustrate schematic diagrams of embodiments of adjusting and/or correcting pupil distance. [0019] FIG. 8 is a block diagram schematically showing an embodiment of a computer system of an optical coherence tomography system according to the present invention. [0020] FIG. 9 depicts a flow diagram of an embodiment of accurately measuring retinal tissue to detect a particular disease condition. [0021] Figures 10A through 10D illustrate possible embodiments of a body of an optical coherence tomography device disposed relative to a user. [0022] FIGS. 11A-11B illustrate possible embodiments of an output report generated by an optical coherence tomography device. [0023] FIG. 12 is a block diagram schematically showing another embodiment of a computer system of an optical coherence tomography system according to the present invention. [0024] FIG. 13 is a block diagram schematically showing elements of an embodiment of a computer system of an optical coherence tomography system according to the present invention. [0025] FIG. 14A schematically depicts a diagram of an embodiment of determining a risk assessment. 14B is a schematic diagram showing the relative relationship between retinal diseases and retinal film thickness for determining risk assessment in another embodiment. 15 is a schematic diagram showing the detection of retinal pigment epithelial cells and the polynomial fit curvature of the retinal pigment epithelial cells and the difference therebetween. [0028] Figure 16 is a schematic illustration of the division of retinal tissue into regions of the inner and outer retinal tissue. 17A to 17C show B-scans obtained when the optical coherence tomography system is located at a position that is too _, (10), or evasive. [0030] FIGS. 18A to 18C show that when the optical coherence tomography system is located too far ahead, after providing an increased field of view or after recording (4), the intersection of the light traces will be after the pupil, in the pupil plane or Before the pupil. 73 201014571 [0031] Figure 19 shows an embodiment of an appropriate working distance between an optical coherence tomography system and a target/patient's retinal membrane. [0032] Figure 20 shows a procedure for monitoring an ophthalmic condition using an optical coherence tomography system. [0033] FIG. 21 is a block diagram of an embodiment of an optical coherence tomography system including an input device and an output device for monitoring an ophthalmic condition. [Main component symbol description] 100, 3050: System 102, 3105: Output device 104: Computer system 106: Main body 108: Communication medium 110: Remote system 112: User card reading system 114: User 116: Zero gravity arm 118: handle 120: eyepiece cup 150, 207, 405: light 155, 240: light source 160, 220a, 220b, 230a, 230b, 245, 285a, 285b, 295a, 295b: beam splitter 165, 600: eye

74 201014571 170、265a、265b、270a、270b、273a、273b :參考鏡 202 :資料取得裝置 203 :接目鏡 235 :調整控制器 205 :光學元件 210 :光學器材 215、215a、215b、3125:顯示器 225a、225b、250a、250b、255a、255b、260a、260b、510a、 φ 510b :鏡子 275 :切換器 280 :光束偏轉器 290a、290b :調整平台 400 :光譜儀 410 :集光透鏡 415 :狹缝 ^ 420 :準直透鏡 ❹ 425 :光栅 430 :聚焦透鏡 505 : X稜鏡 605 :水平方向 610 :掃描軌跡 ' 715、715a、715b :注視標的 * 802 :使用者/病患資料庫 75 201014571 804 :醫師轉介資料庫 805 :使用者介面模組 806 :報告/輸出模組 808 :疾病風險評估/診斷模組 810 :帳單模組 812 :網路介面 814 :防火牆 816 :認證模組 818 : Z軸定位模組 820 :聚焦調整模組 822 :注視標記控制系統 824 :掃描控制及分析模組 826:影像/掃描資料庫 828 :承保資料庫 9(U、902、904、906、908、910、912、913、914、915、916、 917、918、919、920 :方塊 1005 :帶子 1010 :物件 1201 :帳單/保險報告及付款系統 1300 :計算系統 1301 :大容量儲存裝置 1302 :多媒體裝置 1303 :輸入/輸出裝置及介面 201014571 ❹ 1304 :中央處理器 1305 :記憶體 1306 :影像處理及分析模組 1310 :網路 1315 :通訊線路 1317 :遠端系統 1319 :資料來源 1502 :視網膜色素上皮細胞層 1504 :視網膜色素上皮細胞層曲線 1506 :差異/數值 1602 :内半部 1604 :外半部 1606 :内限膜偵測 1608 :視網膜色素上皮細胞偵測線 2005a、2005b、2020a、2020b :光束 2010 ··旋轉點 2015 :區域 2025 :虹膜 2030 :瞳孔 2105 :工作距離 2110 :視網膜 3000 :程序 3005、3010、3015、3020、3025、3030 ··步驟 77 201014571 3055 :輸入裝置 3060 :接收器 3065 :讀卡機 3070 : USB驅動器讀取器 3075 :伺服器 3080 :儲存元件 3085 :儀器 3090 :干涉儀74 201014571 170, 265a, 265b, 270a, 270b, 273a, 273b: reference mirror 202: data acquisition device 203: eyepiece 235: adjustment controller 205: optical component 210: optical device 215, 215a, 215b, 3125: display 225a , 225b, 250a, 250b, 255a, 255b, 260a, 260b, 510a, φ 510b: mirror 275: switch 280: beam deflector 290a, 290b: adjustment platform 400: spectrometer 410: collecting lens 415: slit ^ 420 : Collimating lens ❹ 425 : grating 430 : focusing lens 505 : X 稜鏡 605 : horizontal direction 610 : scanning trajectory ' 715 , 715a , 715b : gazing target * 802 : user / patient database 75 201014571 804 : physician turn Library 805: User Interface Module 806: Reporting/Output Module 808: Disease Risk Assessment/Diagnostic Module 810: Billing Module 812: Network Interface 814: Firewall 816: Authentication Module 818: Z-Axis Positioning Module 820: focus adjustment module 822: gaze mark control system 824: scan control and analysis module 826: image/scan database 828: underwriting database 9 (U, 902, 904, 906, 908, 910, 912, 913, 914, 915, 916, 917, 918, 919, 920: Block 1005: Band 1010: Object 1201: Billing/Insurance Reporting and Payment System 1300: Computing System 1301: Mass Storage Device 1302: Multimedia Device 1303: Input/Output Device and Interface 201014571 ❹ 1304: Central Processing Unit 1305: Memory 1306: Image Processing and Analysis Module 1310: Network 1315: Communication Line 1317: Remote System 1319: Source 1502: Retinal Pigment Epithelial Cell Layer 1504: Retinal Pigment Epithelial Cell Layer Curve 1506: Difference/Value 1602: Within Half 1604 : Outer half 1606 : Inner limiting membrane detection 1608 : Retinal pigment epithelial cell detection line 2005a, 2005b, 2020a, 2020b : Beam 2010 · · Rotation point 2015 : Area 2025 : Iris 2030 : Pupil 2105 : Working distance 2110: Retina 3000: Programs 3005, 3010, 3015, 3020, 3025, 3030 · Step 77 201014571 3055: Input device 3060: Receiver 3065: Card reader 3070: USB drive reader 3075: Server 3080: Storage element 3085: Instrument 3090: Interferometer

3095 :偵測器 3100 :電子裝置 3110 :傳送器 3115 :印表機 3120 :電話元件 3130 :傳真元件3095 : Detector 3100 : Electronic device 3110 : Transmitter 3115 : Printer 3120 : Telephone component 3130 : Facsimile component

7878

Claims (1)

201014571 七、申請專利範圍: 1. -種慢性眼疾的光學關斷層掃酬量與監鶴統,包含: 一光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置,用以測量一使用者的至少一眼睛 的至少-眼科娜’縣學_騎掃酬量裝置㈣使該使用者使 用該裝置自我管理該測量行為; 一處理器,用以比較所測量到的該眼科特性與儲存於一儲存媒介 中的至少-筆該使用者於先前所測量到的眼科特性該處理器進一步 ⑽蚊該賴量到魏科雜與該先前_量_眼科特性的差 〇 異’射當該差異滿足至少—標準時,該處理器肋決定需要治療的 一增加機率;以及 一輪出裝置,肋產生-輸練該使用者,該處理器進一步用以 根據該差異在該輸出裝置上產生該輸出。 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 如請求項1職之系統’其中當該差私賴足該至少—標準時,該 處理器進-步用以決定不需要額外的眼睛監測。 人 如請求項1所述之祕,更包含—卡片讀取裝置,敎容納該使 ==2_存齡_卡裝置,_存該先前所測 ^請求項i所述之系統,其中該儲存媒介為—請庫,用以 前所測量到的眼科特性。 子°/先 如請求項4所述之系統,其中該系統包含該資料庫。 如請求項4所述之系統’其t該資料庫位於該系統的—遠端位置。 如請求項1所述之系統,其中該輸出裝置為—顯示裝置, 能滿足該至少一標準時,該顯示裝置用以建議 田x差異不 珊·麵綱麟 科特性,並且當該差異滿;1該至少_標準時,該顯示裝置用以 79 201014571 使用者就醫。 8. 如請求項1所述之系統’其中該輸出裝置為-通訊介面,當該差異滿 足該至少一標準時,該通訊介面用以通知該使用者的一醫二。&quot;、' 9. 如請求項8所述之系統,其中該處理器用以從_使用者卡片裝置上擁 ,該醫師的-聯絡f訊’並且該通訊介面利用該聯絡資訊通知該醫 師。 10. 如清求項1所述之系統,其中該至少一標準包含—組標準。 11_如請求項1所述之系統,其t該至少—眼科特性是_#心視網膜厚度。 I2·如請求項1所述之祕,其巾該處理器藉料析該㈣者的至少一生 物測量來識別該使用者。 13. -種自我管理-光學同調斷層掃描測試行為的方法,藉以監控一眼科 症狀,該方法包含: 接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊; 使用-光學同調斷層掃描儀器,以得到至少一使用者眼睛的 同調斷層掃描測量; 根據該光學同調斷層掃描_量蚊—眼科輸出,該眼科輸出和 該眼科症狀的一狀態相關;以及 輸出該眼科錄賴使肖者、-健康贿提供者和該健康照顧 供者的一代理機構至少其中之一。 ' 14. 如請求項13所述之方法,其中接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊的步驟包 含從該使用者處接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊。 15. 如請求項13所述之方法,其中接受該目艮科症狀的相關資訊的步驟包 含接受一儲存有該眼科症狀的相關資訊的資料儲存裝置。 16. 如請求項15所述之方法,其中該資料儲存裝置包含一卡片、—智慧 卡及一萬用序列匯流排裝置至少其中之一。 ‘、 201014571 π.如請求項15所述之方法,更包含根據該資料儲存裝置授權該使用者 進行訊號傳輸。 18. 如請求項13所述之方法,其中接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊的步驟包 含以電子化的傳輸方式來接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊。 19. 如請求項13所述之方法’其中接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊的步驟包 含經由一網路以無線傳輸的方式來接受該眼科症狀的相關資訊。 20. 如請求項13所述之方法,其中該資訊包含該眼科症狀的判定方式 (identification)。 21. 如請求項13所狀紐,其中該資訊包含該使用者正罹患該眼科症 22.如請求項13所述之方法,其中該資訊包含一嚴重程度測量(隨卿 measure),該嚴重程度測量和該使用者在先前的該眼科症狀的一狀態 下的一量化(quantification)相關。 23·如請求項13所述之方法,其令該資訊包含和該眼科輸出相關的一標 準’並且輸出該眼科輸出的步驟包含當滿足該標準時,輸出該眼科症 狀。201014571 VII. Scope of application for patents: 1. - Optical closure of chronic eye diseases and supervision system, including: An optical coherence tomography measuring device for measuring at least one eye of at least one eye of a user 'Campus _ riding the remuneration device (4) to enable the user to self-manage the measurement behavior using the device; a processor for comparing the measured ophthalmic characteristics with at least the pen stored in a storage medium According to the previously measured ophthalmic characteristics, the processor further determines (10) that the amount of mosquitoes to Weicoza and the difference of the previous _amount of ophthalmic characteristics is different when the difference satisfies at least the standard, the processor rib determines the need An increased probability of treatment; and a round-out device that generates and transports the user, the processor further for generating the output on the output device based on the difference. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If the system of request 1 is 'in which the discretion depends on at least the standard, the processor proceeds to determine that no additional eye monitoring is required. A person, as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a card reading device for accommodating the system for storing the ==2_age_card device, storing the previously determined device claim i, wherein the storing The medium is - please use the previously measured ophthalmic characteristics. The system of claim 4, wherein the system includes the database. The system of claim 4, which is located at the remote location of the system. The system of claim 1, wherein the output device is a display device capable of satisfying the at least one criterion, the display device is configured to suggest a difference in the field, and when the difference is full; The display device is used by the user at 79 201014571 for at least _ standard time. 8. The system of claim 1, wherein the output device is a communication interface, and when the difference satisfies the at least one criterion, the communication interface is used to notify the user of the medical treatment. The system of claim 8, wherein the processor is for acknowledging from the _user card device, the physician's liaison, and the communication interface notifying the physician using the contact information. 10. The system of claim 1, wherein the at least one criterion comprises a set of criteria. 11_ The system of claim 1, wherein the at least - ophthalmic characteristic is _# cardiac retinal thickness. I2. The secret of claim 1, wherein the processor identifies the user by at least one of the biometric measurements of the (4). 13. A self-management-optical tonal tomography test behavior method for monitoring an ophthalmic condition, the method comprising: receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom; using an optical coherence tomography instrument to obtain at least one user's eye Coherent tomography measurement; according to the optical coherence tomography _ Quantitative mosquito-ophthalmology output, the ophthalmic output is related to a state of the ophthalmic symptom; and outputting the ophthalmology recording, the health bribe provider and the health care provider At least one of the agencies of the person. 14. The method of claim 13, wherein the step of receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom comprises receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom from the user. 15. The method of claim 13, wherein the step of receiving information about the symptoms of the eyelid comprises receiving a data storage device that stores relevant information about the ophthalmic symptom. 16. The method of claim 15, wherein the data storage device comprises at least one of a card, a smart card, and a ten thousand serial bus device. The method of claim 15, further comprising authorizing the user to perform signal transmission according to the data storage device. 18. The method of claim 13, wherein the step of receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom comprises receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom in an electronic transmission. 19. The method of claim 13 wherein the step of receiving information relating to the ophthalmic symptom comprises receiving information about the ophthalmic symptom via wireless transmission over a network. 20. The method of claim 13, wherein the information comprises an identification of the ophthalmic condition. 21. The method of claim 13, wherein the information comprises the user being suffering from the ophthalmologic disease. 22. The method of claim 13, wherein the information comprises a severity measure (with a measure), the severity The measurement is related to a quantification of the user in a state of the previous ophthalmic condition. 23. The method of claim 13 wherein the information includes a standard associated with the ophthalmic output and the step of outputting the ophthalmic output comprises outputting the ophthalmic condition when the criterion is met. 24.如請求項13所述之方法’其中該眼科輪出包含該使用者諮詢該健康 照顧提供者的一建議。 25· 26.如請求項之方法’其中該眼科輪出包含該眼科症狀的該狀態 超過較一預期狀態惡化的一門摄值的一指伊。 27·如明求=3 方法’其中該眼科輪*包含該眼 該狀態 較一預期狀態改善的一指標。 28.如請求項13所述之方法, 超過較一預期狀態改善的一 Μ該眼科輪丨包含該紐症狀的該狀態 門檻值的一指標。 20101457124. The method of claim 13 wherein the ophthalmic round includes a recommendation that the user consults the health care provider. 25. The method of claim 1 wherein the ophthalmology rotates a finger that contains the ophthalmic symptom that exceeds a threshold of a worse than expected state. 27. If the method is ascertained = 3 method' wherein the ophthalmic wheel* contains an indicator that the state is improved compared to an expected state. 28. The method of claim 13, wherein the ophthalmic rim that exceeds a better than expected state comprises an indicator of the threshold value of the state of the neon symptom. 201014571 29.如請求項13所述之方法,其中該眼科輸出包含下列至少其中之一: 一角膜厚度、一角膜形狀、一前房深度、一角度開口距離(angle opening distance)、一水晶體厚度、一水晶體強度、玻璃體細胞現存數量、一 視網膜厚度、一視網膜體積、一玻璃膜疣厚度、一視網膜色素上皮細 胞剝離厚度、一玻璃膜疣體積、一視網膜色素上皮細胞剝離體積、一 黃斑部流體深度、一黃斑部流體體積、一視網膜内高反射性體積 (mtraretinal hyperreflectivity volume)、一視網膜内高反射性構造現存 數量(number of intraretinal hyperreflective structures present)、一視網 膜内低反射性艎積(intraretinalhyporeflectivity volume)、一視網膜内 低反射性構造現存數量(number 〇f ώίΓ3Γβώι&amp;1 hypOTeflectiyity structures present)、一視神經杯體積(〇ptic cup Μ·)、一視 網膜神經纖維層厚度、-視網膜神經纖維層體積、一脈絡膜厚度 (choroidalthickness)以及一脈絡膜體積(ch〇roidalvQlume)e 如明求項13所述之方法,其中輸出該眼科輸出的步驟包含建議該使 用者諮詢一健康照顧提供者。 31. 32. ^求項I3所述之方法,其帽出該眼科輪㈣步驟包含傳送該眼 科輸出給該齡贿提供者或賴康贿提供相該代理機構。 如請求項31所述之方法, 的傳輪方式來傳送。 其中傳送該眼科輸出的步驟包含以電子化 33. 如請求項31所述之方法, 路傳送。29. The method of claim 13, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises at least one of: a corneal thickness, a corneal shape, a anterior chamber depth, an angle opening distance, a crystallite thickness, a The intensity of the crystal, the amount of vitreous cells, the thickness of a retina, the volume of a retina, the thickness of a drusen, the thickness of a retinal pigment epithelial cell, the volume of a drusen, the volume of a retinal pigment epithelial cell, the depth of a macular fluid, a macular fluid volume, a mtraretinal hyperreflectivity volume, a number of intraretinal hyperreflective structures present, an intraretinal hyporeflective volume, The number of low-reflective structures in the retina (number 〇f ώίΓ3Γβώι&amp;1 hypOTeflectiyity structures present), the volume of a optic nerve cup (〇ptic cup Μ·), the thickness of a retinal nerve fiber layer, the volume of the retinal nerve fiber layer, A choroidal thickness and a choroidal volume (ch〇roidalvQlume) e. The method of claim 13, wherein the step of outputting the ophthalmic output comprises advising the user to consult a health care provider. 31. The method of claim I3, wherein the step of ejecting the ophthalmic wheel (four) comprises delivering the ophthalmology output to the age provider or the lender to provide the agency. The method of claim 31 is transmitted in a round-trip manner. The step of transmitting the ophthalmic output includes electronically transmitting 33. as described in claim 31, transmitting. 其中傳送該眼科輪出的步驟包含經由一網 34. 35. 36. 清求項Μ賴之錄,其帽驗__步驟包含撥打電 ^項所述之方法’其中傳送該眼科輸出的步驟包含傳送郵 科所述之方法,其中傳賴目_㈣步含傳㉟ 37. 如請求項13 所述之方法’其中輸出該眼科輪出的步驟包含向該使用 82 201014571 者顯示該眼科輸出。 38. 如請求項13所述之方法’其中輸出該眼科輸出的步驟包含列印該眼 科輸出。 39. 如請求項13所述之方法’更包含儲存該眼科輸出。 40. 如請求項13所述之方法’其中得到光學同調斷層掃描測量的步驟包 含根據一預先疋義的或醫師所列出的(physician-prescribed)行程得到 光學同調斷層掃描測量。 41·如請求項13所述之方法,更包含分析該使用者的一生物特性 (biometriccharacteristic)以核對該使用者的一證明。 ® 42.如請求項13所述之方法,其中該眼科症狀包含下列至少其中之一: 角膜水腫、角膜散光(comeal astigmatism)、乾眼症(dry eyes)'狹角 型青光眼、前段葡萄媒炎'中段部葡萄膜炎、術後追蹤、乾性老年黃 斑部病變、濕性老年黃斑部病變、黃斑部水腫,黃斑部裂孔中心漿液 性脈絡膜視網膜病變、視網膜前膜、裂腔併視神經盤小孔、視網膜 發炎性疾病以及廣角型青光眼。 43. 如請求項13所述之方法,更包含: 決定該光學同調斷層掃描儀器的複數個視野,各該視野藉由該光 Ο 學同調斷層掃描儀器的一光學組件的複數個位置的其中之-決定; 比較該些視野至少其中之二;以及 在-定程度之上根據比較該些妍的結果來定位該光學組件。 44. 一種光學同調斷層掃描系統,包含: -輸入裝置’用以接受—眼科症狀的相關資訊; . 一接目鏡,用以承接一使用者的至少一眼睛; -光源’發出經由該接目鏡傳遞至該者眼睛的光線; -干涉儀’肋藉由自該使用者眼睛所反射的光線來引發光學干 83 201014571 涉; 一光學偵測器,設置以偵測該光學干涉; 一電子裝置’連接至該光學偵測器,並且用以分析藉由該干涉儀 所得到的複數個光學同調斷層掃描測量,以及決定和該眼科輸出的一 狀態相關的一眼科輸出;以及 一輸出裝置’電性連接至該電子裝置,該輸出裝置用以輸出該眼 科輸出》 45. 如請求項44所述之系統’其中該輸入裝置用以從該使用者處接受該 眼科症狀的相關資訊。The step of transmitting the ophthalmic rotation includes the recording of the ophthalmic output via a network 34. 35. 36. The method of clarifying the item __ the step includes the method described in the method of transmitting the ophthalmic output. The method of transmitting the postal item, wherein the method of claim 13 is as follows: the method of claim 13 wherein the step of outputting the ophthalmic rotation comprises displaying the ophthalmic output to the user using the 2010 2010. 38. The method of claim 13 wherein the step of outputting the ophthalmic output comprises printing the ophthalmic output. 39. The method of claim 13 further comprising storing the ophthalmic output. 40. The method of claim 13 wherein the step of obtaining an optical tonal tomographic measurement comprises obtaining an optical coherence tomography measurement according to a pre-determined or physician-prescribed stroke. 41. The method of claim 13, further comprising analyzing a biometric character of the user to verify a proof of the user. The method of claim 13, wherein the ophthalmic symptom comprises at least one of the following: corneal edema, comeal astigmatism, dry eyes, narrow-angle glaucoma, anterior segmental vibritis 'Middle uveitis, postoperative follow-up, dry aged macular degeneration, wet aged macular degeneration, macular edema, macular chorionic retinopathy of the macular hole, retinal anterior membrane, rupture cavity and optic disc hole, Retinal inflammatory disease and wide-angle glaucoma. 43. The method of claim 13, further comprising: determining a plurality of fields of view of the optical coherence tomography instrument, wherein each of the fields of view is by a plurality of locations of an optical component of the optical tomography scanner Determining; comparing at least two of the fields of view; and locating the optical component based on the results of comparing the defects. 44. An optical coherence tomography system comprising: - an input device for receiving - information about ophthalmic symptoms; an eyepiece for receiving at least one eye of a user; - a light source 'transmitting through the eyepiece Light to the eye of the person; - the interferometer's rib causes optical drying by light reflected from the user's eyes; an optical detector arranged to detect the optical interference; an electronic device 'connected To the optical detector, and for analyzing a plurality of optical coherence tomography measurements obtained by the interferometer, and determining an ophthalmic output associated with a state of the ophthalmic output; and an output device being electrically connected To the electronic device, the output device is configured to output the ophthalmic output. 45. The system of claim 44, wherein the input device is configured to receive information about the ophthalmic symptom from the user. 46. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸入裝置用以接受一存有該眼科症 狀的相關資訊的資料儲存裝置。 47. 如請求項46所述之系統,其中該資料儲存裝置包含―卡片、一智慧 卡及一萬用序列匯流排裝置至少其中之一。 48. 如請求項46所述之系統,其中該數據儲存裝置包含一卡片讀取裝置。 49·如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸入裝置包含一電子接收器。 5〇·如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輪入裝置包含一無線網路接收器。 51. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該資訊包含該眼科症狀的判定方式。 52. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該資訊包含該使用者正羅患該 妝的一指煙。 53. 如請求項44所述之系统’其中該資訊包含一嚴重程度測量, 程度測量和該㈣者在請__趙的—賴下的—量化相阁 54. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該資訊包含和該眼科輸 並且當該眼科錄超過該門檻時,該輪出裝置用以輸出該辭 55. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科輸 出包含該使用者諮詢一健康 84 201014571 照顧提供者的一建議。 _ 56.如請求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科輪出包含該眼科症狀的該狀態 ' 較一預期狀態惡化的一指標。 57. 如凊求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科輸出包含該眼科症狀的該狀態 超過較一預期狀態惡化的一門檻值的一指標。 58. 如請求項44所述之系統’其中該眼科輸出包含該眼科症狀的該狀態 較一預期狀態改善的一指標。 59. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科輸出包含該眼科症狀的該狀態 超過較一預期狀態改善的一門檻值的一指標。 60. 如睛求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科輪出包含下列至少其中之一: -角膜厚度、-角膜形狀、-前房深度、一角度開口距離、一水晶體 厚度、一水晶體強度、玻璃體細胞現存數量、一視網膜厚度、一視網 膜體積、-玻璃膜疲厚度、-視網膜色素上皮細胞剝離厚度、一玻璃 膜疣體積、一視網膜色素上皮細胞剝離體積、一黃斑部流艎深度、一 黃斑部流體體積、-視網膜内高反射性體積、一視網膜内高反射性構 造現f數量…視網膜内低反射性體積…視網膜内低反射性構造現 存數量、-視神經杯艘積、-視網膜神經纖維層厚度、一視網膜神經 Q 纖維層艎積、一脈絡膜厚度以及一脈絡臈趙積。 61. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸出裝置用以指示該使用者諮詢一 健康照顧提供者的一建議。 62. 如請求項44所述之祕,其中該輸出裝置包含一電子傳送器。 63·如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸出裝置包含一無線網路傳送器。 队如請求項Μ所述之系統,其中該輪出裝置包含用以輸出該眼科輸出 * 、給—健康照顧提供者或一健康照顧提供者的該代理機構。 - 65·如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸出裝置包含一顯示器。 66.如請求項44所述之系統,其中該輸出裝置包含一印表機。 85 201014571 67. 如請求項44所述之系統,更包含一記憶體,用以儲存該眼科輪出。 68. 如請求項44所述之系統,其中該眼科症狀包含下列至少其中之—. 角臈水腫、角膜散光、乾眼症、狹角型青光眼、前段葡萄膜炎、中段 部葡萄膜炎、術後追蹤、乾性老年黃斑部病變、濕性老年齡黃斑部病 變、黃斑部水腫、黃斑部裂孔、中心漿液性脈絡膜視網膜病變、視網 膜前臈、裂腔併視神經盤小孔、視網膜發炎性疾病以及廣角型青光眼。 69. -種自我管理光學同調斷層掃描系統,用以伽青光眼,該系統包含: -光學同調斷層掃描測量裝置,用以得到—使用者的—眼睛的一 第一區域的一第一組光學同調斷層_數據,以及該眼睛的一第二區The system of claim 44, wherein the input device is configured to receive a data storage device that stores relevant information about the ophthalmic condition. 47. The system of claim 46, wherein the data storage device comprises at least one of a card, a smart card, and a ten thousand serial bus device. The system of claim 46, wherein the data storage device comprises a card reading device. The system of claim 44, wherein the input device comprises an electronic receiver. The system of claim 44, wherein the wheeling device comprises a wireless network receiver. 51. The system of claim 44, wherein the information comprises a determination of the ophthalmic condition. 52. The system of claim 44, wherein the information comprises a finger of the user who is suffering from the makeup. 53. The system of claim 44, wherein the information includes a severity measure, a degree measure, and the (4) person is in the form of a request to quantify the phase. 54. The system of claim 44 And wherein the information includes the ophthalmology and when the ophthalmology exceeds the threshold, the rounding device is configured to output the word 55. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises the user consulting a health 84 201014571 A suggestion for care providers. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmology rotates an indicator that the state of the ophthalmic condition is worse than an expected state. 57. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises an indicator that the state of the ophthalmic condition exceeds a threshold value that is worse than an expected state. 58. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises an indicator that the state of the ophthalmic condition is improved over an expected state. 59. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises an indicator that the state of the ophthalmic condition exceeds a threshold value that is greater than an expected state improvement. 60. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic round comprises at least one of: - corneal thickness, - corneal shape, - anterior chamber depth, angle opening distance, monocrystalline thickness, monocrystalline intensity, The number of vitreous cells, the thickness of a retina, the volume of a retina, the thickness of the glass membrane, the thickness of the retinal pigment epithelial cells, the volume of a drusen, the volume of a retinal pigment epithelial cell, the depth of a macula, and the yellow spot. Fluid volume, high reflex volume in the retina, high reflexivity in the retina, f quantity... low reflex volume in the retina... existing retinal low-reflective structure, optic nerve cup, retinal nerve fiber layer Thickness, a retinal nerve Q fiber layer hoarding, a choroidal thickness, and a choroid effusion. The system of claim 44, wherein the output device is operative to instruct the user to consult a health care provider. 62. The secret of claim 44, wherein the output device comprises an electronic transmitter. The system of claim 44, wherein the output device comprises a wireless network transmitter. The system of claim 1, wherein the rounding device includes the agency for outputting the ophthalmic output*, a health care provider, or a health care provider. The system of claim 44, wherein the output device comprises a display. The system of claim 44, wherein the output device comprises a printer. 85. The system of claim 44, further comprising a memory for storing the ophthalmic rotation. 68. The system of claim 44, wherein the ophthalmic symptom comprises at least one of the following: horn edema, corneal astigmatism, dry eye, narrow-angle glaucoma, anterior uveitis, mid-section uveitis, surgery Post-tracking, dry age-related macular degeneration, wet age-related macular degeneration, macular edema, macular hole, central serous chorioretinopathy, anterior retinal palpebral palpebral ventricle, optic disc, retinal inflammatory disease, and wide angle Glaucoma. 69. A self-managing optical coherence tomography system for gamma glaucoma, the system comprising: - an optical coherence tomography measuring device for obtaining a first set of optical coherence of a first region of the user's eye Fault _ data, and a second zone of the eye 域的-第二組光學同調斷層掃描數據,該眼睛的該些區域位於不同的 則後側深度,該光學同調斷層掃描裝置用以使該使用者使用該裝置自 我管理該掃描行為; -處理H ’肋使職第—組光學同調斷層掃描數據以決定一第 -邊界位置’並使用該第二組光學同調斷層掃描數據以決定一第二邊 界位置,該處理器更賴根據該第―邊界位置與該第二邊界位置決定 眼部距離’其中該處理器更用以比較該眼部距離與—門檻值,以筛 選出該眼睛中的青光眼;以及 輸出裝置’用以根據比較該眼部距離與該門檻值的、结果在該輕 出裝置上產生一輪出。 如請求項69所述之光學_斷層掃描祕,其中該光學同調斷廣掃 描測量裝^更包含-z軸偏移量調整平台,該光學同鑛層掃描測意a second set of optical coherence tomography data of the domain, the regions of the eye being at different rear side depths, the optical coherence tomography device for causing the user to self-administer the scanning behavior using the device; 'The ribs enable the group-optical tonal tomographic data to determine a first-boundary position' and use the second set of optical coherence tomographic data to determine a second boundary position, the processor depending on the first boundary position And the second boundary position determines an eye distance 'where the processor is further used to compare the eye distance and the threshold value to screen the glaucoma in the eye; and the output device 'is used to compare the eye distance with The result of the threshold is a round out on the light-out device. The optical tomographic scanning method according to claim 69, wherein the optical same-offwidth scanning scanning device further comprises a -z axis offset adjusting platform, and the optical same layer scanning scanning 置用以定位該ζ轴偏移量調整平台以得到該第—組與該第二組光導 同調斷層掃描數據。 t請所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中該光學同調斷廣來 個可調整的光學器材,該光學同調斷層掃描诗 可調整的光學騎轉卿第—組與該第二1 光學同調斷層掃描數據。 86 71 201014571 • 72·==所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其恤部距離是-前 眼㈣深度是將該 該第二邊界―L1::與? 74+======w邊界是—角 75+,細嶋界是一水 e 76. =二斷層掃描系統,該輸出裝置用以輸 出該使用者的該眼睛發生狹角型青光眼可能性的一風險評估。 77. 如請求項76所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統 該門植值時,瓶險評估為高驗。 麵冰度低於 78·如請求項76所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其令當 該門檻值時,該風險評估為低風險。 房罙度肉、 79. 如請求項73所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中 ❿ 出該使用者的該眼睛發生狹角型青光眼估 (clinical assessment)。 w 臨床 sf 1 石 80. 如請求項79所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中當 該門檻⑽,雜床評輯於狹角财統㈣定鱗^深度七、 SL如請求項79所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中當該 該門檻值時,該臨床評估對於狹角型青光眼的判定為陰性。又 82.如請求項69所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中 邊前房深度或-角幾何。 ^ Π 83_如請求項82所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中該 出該使用者的該眼生軸型青練可雛的- 87 201014571 84. 如請求項69所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中該前房深度是該使 用者的該眼睛的一角膜的一角臈厚度的測量。 85. 如請求項84所述之光學同調斷層掃描纽,其中該肖膜厚度是將一 角膜前側表面視為該第-邊界位置,將—角職側表面視為該第二邊 界位置’並測量該角膜前側表面與該角峨側表面之間的距離,其中 該角膜厚度所測量的是該角膜的令心。 86.如清求項85所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中該輸出裝置用以輸 出該使用者的該眼睛發生廣角型青光眼可能性的一風險評估。Positioning the axis offset adjustment platform to obtain the first group and the second group of light guide coherent tomographic data. The optical coherence tomography system described in the above, wherein the optical homology is widely adjusted to an optical device, and the optical coherence tomography scans the optically adjustable optical gyro-group and the second optical coherence tomography data. 86 71 201014571 • 72·==The optical coherence tomography system, the distance of the shirt is - the front eye (four) depth is the boundary of the second boundary - L1:: and ? 74 + ======w Yes - angle 75+, fine boundary is a water e 76. = two tomography system, the output device is used to output a risk assessment of the user's possibility of developing a narrow-angle glaucoma in the eye. 77. In the optical coherence tomography system of claim 76, the bottle risk is assessed as a high test. The surface is less than 78. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 76, wherein the risk is assessed to be low risk when the threshold is thresholded. The optical homology tomography system of claim 73, wherein the eye of the user has a narrow-angle glaucoma assessment. w Clinical sf 1 stone 80. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 79, wherein when the threshold (10), the bed evaluation is in the narrow angle treasury (four) fixed scale ^ depth seven, SL as claimed in claim 79 An optical coherence tomography system wherein the clinical assessment is negative for narrow-angle glaucoma when the threshold is reached. 82. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 69, wherein the anterior chamber depth or angle geometry. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 82, wherein the optical stereotype of the user is as follows: 87 201014571 84. Optical coherence tomography as described in claim 69 A system wherein the anterior chamber depth is a measure of a corner thickness of a cornea of the eye of the user. 85. The optical coherence tomography button of claim 84, wherein the thickness of the membrane is to treat a anterior surface of the cornea as the first boundary position, and the surface of the horn is regarded as the second boundary position and measure The distance between the anterior surface of the cornea and the sacral side surface, wherein the thickness of the cornea measures the center of the cornea. 86. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 85, wherein the output device is operative to output a risk assessment of the likelihood of wide-angle glaucoma in the eye of the user. 8?.如請求項86所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其令當該角膜厚度低於 該門檻值時,該風險評估為高風險。 队如請求項86所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中當該角媒厚度高於 該門檻值時,該風險評估為低風險。 89. 所述之光學同調斷層掃描系統,其中該輸出裝置用以輸 ㈣使用者的魏睛發生廣角型青光眼可能性的—臨床評估。 0 之光學同觸層掃描祕,其+#該角膜厚度低於 該門檻值時,細床評⑽於廣―#光_判定為陽性。 91. 如請求項89所述之光學同調斷層描,8. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 86, wherein the risk is assessed to be a high risk when the corneal thickness is below the threshold. The optical coherence tomography system of claim 86, wherein the risk is assessed to be low risk when the corner media thickness is above the threshold. 89. The optical coherence tomography system, wherein the output device is used to transmit (4) a clinical evaluation of the possibility of wide-angle glaucoma in a user's Wei eye. 0 optical with the touch layer scanning secret, its +# when the corneal thickness is lower than the threshold value, the fine bed evaluation (10) Yu Guang - #光_ is positive. 91. The optical coherence tomography described in claim 89, 該門檻值時,該臨床評估對於廣角型青光眼的判度 92. 如請求項69所述之光學同調斷層掃描 較該眼晴距軸-先翁麻i 麟更用以比 的青光眼的一病況。量的值’以決定在該使用者的該眼睛中 A :===:學_斷層掃描系統’其中該輸出裝置更用 A調==:該==_眼睛提供自我管理光學 使用一 光學同調斷層掃插儀器, 以得到至少一 使用者眼睛前側段 88 201014571 的光學同調斷層掃描測量; 該眼科輪出和 根據該光學同調斷層掃描的測量決定一眼科輪出, 一青光眼的狀態相關;以及 輸出該眼科輸出給該使用者、 供者的一代理機構至少其中之一。 一健康照缺財和雜康照顧提 95. 如請求項94所述之方法,其中該青光眼包含廣角型青光眼。 96. 如請求項94所述之方法,其中該青光眼包含狹角型青光眼。At the threshold, the clinical evaluation of the judgment for wide-angle glaucoma 92. The optical coherence tomography as described in claim 69 is a condition of glaucoma that is more comparable than the eye-clearing axis-first singer. The value of the quantity 'is determined in the eye of the user A :===: learning _ tomography system' where the output device is more tuned with A ==: This == _ eye provides self-management optics using an optical coherence a tomographic instrument for obtaining an optical tonal tomographic measurement of at least one user's anterior segment 88 201014571; the ophthalmic rotation and the measurement according to the optical coherence tomography determining an ophthalmic rotation, a glaucoma state correlation; and an output The ophthalmology is output to at least one of the user, an agent of the donor. A method of claim 94, wherein the glaucoma comprises a wide-angle glaucoma. The method of claim 94, wherein the glaucoma comprises a narrow-angle glaucoma. 97. 如請求項94所述之方法,其中決定該眼科輪出的步驟包含識別出一 前側邊界與一後側邊界之間的距離。 98. 如請求項94所述之方法,其中蚊練科輸㈣步驟包含識別_ 使用者眼睛的一前房的一前側邊界與一後側邊界之間的距離。 99. 如請求項98所述之方法,其中該前側邊界包含—角膜後側表面與一 角膜基質至少其中之一。 一水晶體前側表面與 100.如請求項98所述之方法,其中該後側邊界包含 一水晶體本體至少其中之一。 101.如請求項94所述之方法,其中得到該光學_斷層掃描測量的步驟 包含得到複數個光學同調斷層掃描測量,得到各該光學同鑛層掃描 測量的位置位於一不同的徑向位置,並且 其中決定該眼科輪出的步驟包含: 根據各細結構上的距離(^^响㈣恤ee);以及 識別出該些結構上的距離令的最大值。 102.如請求項94所述之方法,其中決定練簡出的步驟包含·· 射第—區域的—第—組光學同調斷層掃描數據以 二二域的—第二組光學同調斷層掃描數據,該眼睛的 Μ二&amp;域位於不同的前後側深度; 89 201014571 利用該第-組光學_斷層掃描數據決定—第—邊界位置; 利用該第二組光學同調斷層掃描數據蚊-第二邊界位置;以及 根據該第-邊界位置及該第二邊界位置決定—眼部距離。 1〇3_如請求項94所述之方法,更包含接受該青光眼的相關資訊。 說如請求項⑽=之方法,其中接受該青光眼的相關資訊的步驟包含 接受-存有該青光眼的蝴資訊的—數據儲存裝置。 1〇5.如請求項⑽所述之方法,其中„訊包含該青光眼簡定方式。 狐如請求項⑽所述之方法,其中該資訊包含和#綱目_一門植, 並且輸出該雜讀㈣步驟包含#㈣絲的㈣超過該離 時,輸出該眼科輸出。 脱如請求項94所述之方法,其中該眼科輪純含該·者正因青光眼 而感到不適的一機率。 m如請求項94所述之方法,其中該眼科輪純含該使用者觸青光眼 而感到不適的一機率。 m如請求項94所述之方法,其中該眼科輪純含該使时正罹患青光 眼的一指標。 110. 如請求項94所述之方法’其中該眼科輸出包含該青光眼的該狀態較 一預期狀態惡化的一指標。 111. 如請求項94所述之方法,其t該眼科輪出包含該青光眼的該狀態超 過較一預期狀態惡化的一門播值的一指標。 m·如請求項94所述之方法,其中該眼科輪出包含該青光眼的該狀態較 一預期狀態改善的一指標。 113. 如請求項94所述之方法’其中該眼科輪出包含該青光眼的該狀態超 過較一預期狀態改善的一門檻值的一指標。 114. 如請求項94所述之方法’其憎出該眼科輸出的步驟包含建議該使 201014571 用者與該健康照顧提供者接觸。 115.如請求項94所述之方法,其中輸出該眼科輸出的步驟包含傳送該眼 科輸出給該健康照顧提供者或該健康照顧提供者的該代理機構。97. The method of claim 94, wherein the step of determining the ophthalmic rotation comprises identifying a distance between a front side boundary and a back side boundary. 98. The method of claim 94, wherein the step of the mosquito training (IV) comprises identifying a distance between a front side boundary and a back side boundary of an anterior chamber of the user's eye. 99. The method of claim 98, wherein the anterior border comprises at least one of a posterior surface of the cornea and a corneal stroma. The method of claim 98, wherein the backside boundary comprises at least one of a body of a crystal. The method of claim 94, wherein the step of obtaining the optical tomographic measurement comprises obtaining a plurality of optical tonal tomographic measurements, wherein the positions of the optical orthospheric scan measurements are located at a different radial position. And the step of determining the rotation of the ophthalmology comprises: according to the distance on each fine structure (^^ (4) ee); and identifying the maximum value of the distance commands on the structures. 102. The method of claim 94, wherein the step of determining the simplification comprises: ???the first-group optical coherence tomography data of the first-region--the second set of optical coherence tomography data, The Μ2 &amp; field of the eye is located at different anteroposterior depths; 89 201014571 using the first set of optical _ tomographic data to determine the -th boundary position; using the second set of optical coherence tomography data to scan the mosquito - second boundary position And determining the eye distance based on the first boundary position and the second boundary position. 1〇3_ The method of claim 94, further comprising receiving information about the glaucoma. The method of claim (10) = wherein the step of accepting the related information of the glaucoma comprises accepting - a data storage device storing the information of the glaucoma. The method of claim 10, wherein the method comprises the glaucoma mode, wherein the information is as described in claim 10, wherein the information includes the #纲目, and outputs the miscellaneous reading (4) The method includes the method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic wheel contains a probability that the person is experiencing discomfort due to glaucoma if the (4) silk exceeds the distance. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic wheel contains a probability that the user is uncomfortable to touch the glaucoma. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic wheel contains an indicator of glaucoma. 110. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic output comprises an indicator that the condition of the glaucoma is worse than an expected state. 111. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic round includes the glaucoma The state of the present invention exceeds an indication of a homing value that is worse than the expected state. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic rotation includes an indicator that the state of the glaucoma is improved over an expected state. 13. The method of claim 94, wherein the ophthalmic subject rotates an indicator that the state of the glaucoma exceeds a threshold of improvement over a desired state. 114. The method of claim 94 The step of outputting the ophthalmology comprises suggesting that the user of the 201014571 be contacted with the health care provider. The method of claim 94, wherein the step of outputting the ophthalmic output comprises transmitting the ophthalmic output to the health care provider or The agency of the health care provider. 9191
TW98124218A 2008-07-18 2009-07-17 Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system TW201014571A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US8217508P 2008-07-18 2008-07-18
US8217108P 2008-07-18 2008-07-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201014571A true TW201014571A (en) 2010-04-16

Family

ID=44829678

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW98124218A TW201014571A (en) 2008-07-18 2009-07-17 Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201014571A (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103429142A (en) * 2011-03-30 2013-12-04 卡尔蔡司医疗技术股份公司 Systems and methods for efficiently obtaining measurements of the human eye using tracking
TWI425930B (en) * 2010-07-29 2014-02-11
TWI453523B (en) * 2011-12-29 2014-09-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Autofocusing diagnosis equipment
CN109803573A (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-05-24 穆尔西亚大学 Photoelectricity binocular instrument for distance vision correction and the method for eyes distance vision correction
TWI685640B (en) * 2018-12-26 2020-02-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Optical coherence tomography device and optical interferometer thereof
US10976151B2 (en) 2018-12-26 2021-04-13 Industrial Technology Research Institute Optical interferometer with reference arm longer than sample arm
CN113657128A (en) * 2021-08-25 2021-11-16 四川大学 Learning translation system and storage medium based on importance measurement and low resource migration
TWI819654B (en) * 2021-06-11 2023-10-21 美商海思智財控股有限公司 Systems for improving vision of a viewer's eye with impaired retina
TWI837702B (en) * 2022-06-14 2024-04-01 宏碁智醫股份有限公司 Electronic device and method of recommending return appointment for age-related macular degeneration
CN118464921A (en) * 2024-07-15 2024-08-09 山东大学 Real-time speed compensation method and system based on OCT depth information

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI425930B (en) * 2010-07-29 2014-02-11
CN103429142A (en) * 2011-03-30 2013-12-04 卡尔蔡司医疗技术股份公司 Systems and methods for efficiently obtaining measurements of the human eye using tracking
CN103429142B (en) * 2011-03-30 2016-02-17 卡尔蔡司医疗技术股份公司 Use the system and method followed the tracks of and effectively obtain human eye and measure
TWI453523B (en) * 2011-12-29 2014-09-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Autofocusing diagnosis equipment
US8894206B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2014-11-25 Industrial Technology Research Institute Auto-focusing diagnostic equipment
CN109803573A (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-05-24 穆尔西亚大学 Photoelectricity binocular instrument for distance vision correction and the method for eyes distance vision correction
TWI685640B (en) * 2018-12-26 2020-02-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Optical coherence tomography device and optical interferometer thereof
US10976151B2 (en) 2018-12-26 2021-04-13 Industrial Technology Research Institute Optical interferometer with reference arm longer than sample arm
TWI819654B (en) * 2021-06-11 2023-10-21 美商海思智財控股有限公司 Systems for improving vision of a viewer's eye with impaired retina
CN113657128A (en) * 2021-08-25 2021-11-16 四川大学 Learning translation system and storage medium based on importance measurement and low resource migration
CN113657128B (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-04-07 四川大学 Learning translation system and storage medium based on importance measurement and low resource migration
TWI837702B (en) * 2022-06-14 2024-04-01 宏碁智醫股份有限公司 Electronic device and method of recommending return appointment for age-related macular degeneration
CN118464921A (en) * 2024-07-15 2024-08-09 山东大学 Real-time speed compensation method and system based on OCT depth information

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10945597B2 (en) Optical coherence tomography-based ophthalmic testing methods, devices and systems
US11839430B2 (en) Optical coherence tomography-based ophthalmic testing methods, devices and systems
US11291364B2 (en) Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system
TW201014571A (en) Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system
US10820803B2 (en) Patient management system and patient management server
WO2010117386A1 (en) Ophthalmic testing methods, devices and systems
WO2009120543A1 (en) Optical coherence tomography device, method, and system
JP6608479B2 (en) Patient management system